diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/clipper.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/include/clipper.cpp similarity index 100% rename from deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/clipper.cpp rename to deploy/cpp_infer/include/clipper.cpp diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/postprocess_op.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/include/postprocess_op.cpp similarity index 99% rename from deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/postprocess_op.cpp rename to deploy/cpp_infer/include/postprocess_op.cpp index e7db70f3bff81390728c6b373b89cf06c74e4eca..c3985572048155cf5aca57c95f1d8a816658ef13 100644 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/postprocess_op.cpp +++ b/deploy/cpp_infer/include/postprocess_op.cpp @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ // limitations under the License. #include +#include namespace PaddleOCR { diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/include/postprocess_op.h b/deploy/cpp_infer/include/postprocess_op.h index b384b79b3041bfcb96f042c6450d3c6e54f00498..108003ccafa6ad8cbf213de5bf3b2f106c40a4e5 100644 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/include/postprocess_op.h +++ b/deploy/cpp_infer/include/postprocess_op.h @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ #include "include/clipper.h" #include "include/utility.h" + using namespace std; namespace PaddleOCR { diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/preprocess_op.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/include/preprocess_op.cpp similarity index 100% rename from deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/preprocess_op.cpp rename to deploy/cpp_infer/include/preprocess_op.cpp diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/include/utility.h b/deploy/cpp_infer/include/utility.h index 6e8173e007279319657250b376de022240bc6f62..443e97511d4b2e14fd918cdb372b02b7d850a8d4 100644 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/include/utility.h +++ b/deploy/cpp_infer/include/utility.h @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ #include #include #include +#include +#include #include #include @@ -34,11 +36,42 @@ namespace PaddleOCR { class Utility { public: - static std::vector ReadDict(const std::string &path); - + static std::vector ReadDict(const std::string &path) { + std::ifstream in(path); + std::string line; + std::vector m_vec; + if (in) { + while (getline(in, line)) { + m_vec.push_back(line); + } + } else { + std::cout << "no such label file: " << path << ", exit the program..." + << std::endl; + exit(1); + } + return m_vec; + } + static void VisualizeBboxes(const cv::Mat &srcimg, - const std::vector>> &boxes); + const std::vector>> &boxes) { + cv::Mat img_vis; + srcimg.copyTo(img_vis); + for (int n = 0; n < boxes.size(); n++) { + cv::Point rook_points[4]; + for (int m = 0; m < boxes[n].size(); m++) { + rook_points[m] = cv::Point(int(boxes[n][m][0]), int(boxes[n][m][1])); + } + + const cv::Point *ppt[1] = {rook_points}; + int npt[] = {4}; + cv::polylines(img_vis, ppt, npt, 1, 1, CV_RGB(0, 255, 0), 2, 8, 0); + } + + cv::imwrite("./ocr_vis.png", img_vis); + std::cout << "The detection visualized image saved in ./ocr_vis.png" + << std::endl; + } template inline static size_t argmax(ForwardIterator first, ForwardIterator last) { @@ -46,7 +79,36 @@ public: } static void GetAllFiles(const char *dir_name, - std::vector &all_inputs); + std::vector &all_inputs) { + if (NULL == dir_name) { + std::cout << " dir_name is null ! " << std::endl; + return; + } + struct stat s; + lstat(dir_name, &s); + if (!S_ISDIR(s.st_mode)) { + std::cout << "dir_name is not a valid directory !" << std::endl; + all_inputs.push_back(dir_name); + return; + } else { + struct dirent *filename; // return value for readdir() + DIR *dir; // return value for opendir() + dir = opendir(dir_name); + if (NULL == dir) { + std::cout << "Can not open dir " << dir_name << std::endl; + return; + } + std::cout << "Successfully opened the dir !" << std::endl; + while ((filename = readdir(dir)) != NULL) { + if (strcmp(filename->d_name, ".") == 0 || + strcmp(filename->d_name, "..") == 0) + continue; + // img_dir + std::string("/") + all_inputs[0]; + all_inputs.push_back(dir_name + std::string("/") + + std::string(filename->d_name)); + } + } + } }; } // namespace PaddleOCR \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/clipper.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/clipper.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index b35c25f29ee1144f98747bd41e89d87779fdb6a3..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/clipper.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4380 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************************* -* * -* Author : Angus Johnson * -* Version : 6.4.2 * -* Date : 27 February 2017 * -* Website : http://www.angusj.com * -* Copyright : Angus Johnson 2010-2017 * -* * -* License: * -* Use, modification & distribution is subject to Boost Software License Ver 1. * -* http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt * -* * -* Attributions: * -* The code in this library is an extension of Bala Vatti's clipping algorithm: * -* "A generic solution to polygon clipping" * -* Communications of the ACM, Vol 35, Issue 7 (July 1992) pp 56-63. * -* http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=129906 * -* * -* Computer graphics and geometric modeling: implementation and algorithms * -* By Max K. Agoston * -* Springer; 1 edition (January 4, 2005) * -* http://books.google.com/books?q=vatti+clipping+agoston * -* * -* See also: * -* "Polygon Offsetting by Computing Winding Numbers" * -* Paper no. DETC2005-85513 pp. 565-575 * -* ASME 2005 International Design Engineering Technical Conferences * -* and Computers and Information in Engineering Conference (IDETC/CIE2005) * -* September 24-28, 2005 , Long Beach, California, USA * -* http://www.me.berkeley.edu/~mcmains/pubs/DAC05OffsetPolygon.pdf * -* * -*******************************************************************************/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* * -* This is a translation of the Delphi Clipper library and the naming style * -* used has retained a Delphi flavour. * -* * -*******************************************************************************/ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "include/clipper.h" - -namespace ClipperLib { - -static double const pi = 3.141592653589793238; -static double const two_pi = pi * 2; -static double const def_arc_tolerance = 0.25; - -enum Direction { dRightToLeft, dLeftToRight }; - -static int const Unassigned = -1; // edge not currently 'owning' a solution -static int const Skip = -2; // edge that would otherwise close a path - -#define HORIZONTAL (-1.0E+40) -#define TOLERANCE (1.0e-20) -#define NEAR_ZERO(val) (((val) > -TOLERANCE) && ((val) < TOLERANCE)) - -struct TEdge { - IntPoint Bot; - IntPoint Curr; // current (updated for every new scanbeam) - IntPoint Top; - double Dx; - PolyType PolyTyp; - EdgeSide Side; // side only refers to current side of solution poly - int WindDelta; // 1 or -1 depending on winding direction - int WindCnt; - int WindCnt2; // winding count of the opposite polytype - int OutIdx; - TEdge *Next; - TEdge *Prev; - TEdge *NextInLML; - TEdge *NextInAEL; - TEdge *PrevInAEL; - TEdge *NextInSEL; - TEdge *PrevInSEL; -}; - -struct IntersectNode { - TEdge *Edge1; - TEdge *Edge2; - IntPoint Pt; -}; - -struct LocalMinimum { - cInt Y; - TEdge *LeftBound; - TEdge *RightBound; -}; - -struct OutPt; - -// OutRec: contains a path in the clipping solution. Edges in the AEL will -// carry a pointer to an OutRec when they are part of the clipping solution. -struct OutRec { - int Idx; - bool IsHole; - bool IsOpen; - OutRec *FirstLeft; // see comments in clipper.pas - PolyNode *PolyNd; - OutPt *Pts; - OutPt *BottomPt; -}; - -struct OutPt { - int Idx; - IntPoint Pt; - OutPt *Next; - OutPt *Prev; -}; - -struct Join { - OutPt *OutPt1; - OutPt *OutPt2; - IntPoint OffPt; -}; - -struct LocMinSorter { - inline bool operator()(const LocalMinimum &locMin1, - const LocalMinimum &locMin2) { - return locMin2.Y < locMin1.Y; - } -}; - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline cInt Round(double val) { - if ((val < 0)) - return static_cast(val - 0.5); - else - return static_cast(val + 0.5); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline cInt Abs(cInt val) { return val < 0 ? -val : val; } - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// PolyTree methods ... -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void PolyTree::Clear() { - for (PolyNodes::size_type i = 0; i < AllNodes.size(); ++i) - delete AllNodes[i]; - AllNodes.resize(0); - Childs.resize(0); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -PolyNode *PolyTree::GetFirst() const { - if (!Childs.empty()) - return Childs[0]; - else - return 0; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -int PolyTree::Total() const { - int result = (int)AllNodes.size(); - // with negative offsets, ignore the hidden outer polygon ... - if (result > 0 && Childs[0] != AllNodes[0]) - result--; - return result; -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// PolyNode methods ... -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -PolyNode::PolyNode() : Parent(0), Index(0), m_IsOpen(false) {} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -int PolyNode::ChildCount() const { return (int)Childs.size(); } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void PolyNode::AddChild(PolyNode &child) { - unsigned cnt = (unsigned)Childs.size(); - Childs.push_back(&child); - child.Parent = this; - child.Index = cnt; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -PolyNode *PolyNode::GetNext() const { - if (!Childs.empty()) - return Childs[0]; - else - return GetNextSiblingUp(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -PolyNode *PolyNode::GetNextSiblingUp() const { - if (!Parent) // protects against PolyTree.GetNextSiblingUp() - return 0; - else if (Index == Parent->Childs.size() - 1) - return Parent->GetNextSiblingUp(); - else - return Parent->Childs[Index + 1]; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool PolyNode::IsHole() const { - bool result = true; - PolyNode *node = Parent; - while (node) { - result = !result; - node = node->Parent; - } - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool PolyNode::IsOpen() const { return m_IsOpen; } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -#ifndef use_int32 - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// Int128 class (enables safe math on signed 64bit integers) -// eg Int128 val1((long64)9223372036854775807); //ie 2^63 -1 -// Int128 val2((long64)9223372036854775807); -// Int128 val3 = val1 * val2; -// val3.AsString => "85070591730234615847396907784232501249" (8.5e+37) -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -class Int128 { -public: - ulong64 lo; - long64 hi; - - Int128(long64 _lo = 0) { - lo = (ulong64)_lo; - if (_lo < 0) - hi = -1; - else - hi = 0; - } - - Int128(const Int128 &val) : lo(val.lo), hi(val.hi) {} - - Int128(const long64 &_hi, const ulong64 &_lo) : lo(_lo), hi(_hi) {} - - Int128 &operator=(const long64 &val) { - lo = (ulong64)val; - if (val < 0) - hi = -1; - else - hi = 0; - return *this; - } - - bool operator==(const Int128 &val) const { - return (hi == val.hi && lo == val.lo); - } - - bool operator!=(const Int128 &val) const { return !(*this == val); } - - bool operator>(const Int128 &val) const { - if (hi != val.hi) - return hi > val.hi; - else - return lo > val.lo; - } - - bool operator<(const Int128 &val) const { - if (hi != val.hi) - return hi < val.hi; - else - return lo < val.lo; - } - - bool operator>=(const Int128 &val) const { return !(*this < val); } - - bool operator<=(const Int128 &val) const { return !(*this > val); } - - Int128 &operator+=(const Int128 &rhs) { - hi += rhs.hi; - lo += rhs.lo; - if (lo < rhs.lo) - hi++; - return *this; - } - - Int128 operator+(const Int128 &rhs) const { - Int128 result(*this); - result += rhs; - return result; - } - - Int128 &operator-=(const Int128 &rhs) { - *this += -rhs; - return *this; - } - - Int128 operator-(const Int128 &rhs) const { - Int128 result(*this); - result -= rhs; - return result; - } - - Int128 operator-() const // unary negation - { - if (lo == 0) - return Int128(-hi, 0); - else - return Int128(~hi, ~lo + 1); - } - - operator double() const { - const double shift64 = 18446744073709551616.0; // 2^64 - if (hi < 0) { - if (lo == 0) - return (double)hi * shift64; - else - return -(double)(~lo + ~hi * shift64); - } else - return (double)(lo + hi * shift64); - } -}; -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -Int128 Int128Mul(long64 lhs, long64 rhs) { - bool negate = (lhs < 0) != (rhs < 0); - - if (lhs < 0) - lhs = -lhs; - ulong64 int1Hi = ulong64(lhs) >> 32; - ulong64 int1Lo = ulong64(lhs & 0xFFFFFFFF); - - if (rhs < 0) - rhs = -rhs; - ulong64 int2Hi = ulong64(rhs) >> 32; - ulong64 int2Lo = ulong64(rhs & 0xFFFFFFFF); - - // nb: see comments in clipper.pas - ulong64 a = int1Hi * int2Hi; - ulong64 b = int1Lo * int2Lo; - ulong64 c = int1Hi * int2Lo + int1Lo * int2Hi; - - Int128 tmp; - tmp.hi = long64(a + (c >> 32)); - tmp.lo = long64(c << 32); - tmp.lo += long64(b); - if (tmp.lo < b) - tmp.hi++; - if (negate) - tmp = -tmp; - return tmp; -}; -#endif - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// Miscellaneous global functions -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Orientation(const Path &poly) { return Area(poly) >= 0; } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -double Area(const Path &poly) { - int size = (int)poly.size(); - if (size < 3) - return 0; - - double a = 0; - for (int i = 0, j = size - 1; i < size; ++i) { - a += ((double)poly[j].X + poly[i].X) * ((double)poly[j].Y - poly[i].Y); - j = i; - } - return -a * 0.5; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -double Area(const OutPt *op) { - const OutPt *startOp = op; - if (!op) - return 0; - double a = 0; - do { - a += (double)(op->Prev->Pt.X + op->Pt.X) * - (double)(op->Prev->Pt.Y - op->Pt.Y); - op = op->Next; - } while (op != startOp); - return a * 0.5; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -double Area(const OutRec &outRec) { return Area(outRec.Pts); } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool PointIsVertex(const IntPoint &Pt, OutPt *pp) { - OutPt *pp2 = pp; - do { - if (pp2->Pt == Pt) - return true; - pp2 = pp2->Next; - } while (pp2 != pp); - return false; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -// See "The Point in Polygon Problem for Arbitrary Polygons" by Hormann & -// Agathos -// http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.88.5498&rep=rep1&type=pdf -int PointInPolygon(const IntPoint &pt, const Path &path) { - // returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt ON polygon boundary - int result = 0; - size_t cnt = path.size(); - if (cnt < 3) - return 0; - IntPoint ip = path[0]; - for (size_t i = 1; i <= cnt; ++i) { - IntPoint ipNext = (i == cnt ? path[0] : path[i]); - if (ipNext.Y == pt.Y) { - if ((ipNext.X == pt.X) || - (ip.Y == pt.Y && ((ipNext.X > pt.X) == (ip.X < pt.X)))) - return -1; - } - if ((ip.Y < pt.Y) != (ipNext.Y < pt.Y)) { - if (ip.X >= pt.X) { - if (ipNext.X > pt.X) - result = 1 - result; - else { - double d = (double)(ip.X - pt.X) * (ipNext.Y - pt.Y) - - (double)(ipNext.X - pt.X) * (ip.Y - pt.Y); - if (!d) - return -1; - if ((d > 0) == (ipNext.Y > ip.Y)) - result = 1 - result; - } - } else { - if (ipNext.X > pt.X) { - double d = (double)(ip.X - pt.X) * (ipNext.Y - pt.Y) - - (double)(ipNext.X - pt.X) * (ip.Y - pt.Y); - if (!d) - return -1; - if ((d > 0) == (ipNext.Y > ip.Y)) - result = 1 - result; - } - } - } - ip = ipNext; - } - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -int PointInPolygon(const IntPoint &pt, OutPt *op) { - // returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt ON polygon boundary - int result = 0; - OutPt *startOp = op; - for (;;) { - if (op->Next->Pt.Y == pt.Y) { - if ((op->Next->Pt.X == pt.X) || - (op->Pt.Y == pt.Y && ((op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X) == (op->Pt.X < pt.X)))) - return -1; - } - if ((op->Pt.Y < pt.Y) != (op->Next->Pt.Y < pt.Y)) { - if (op->Pt.X >= pt.X) { - if (op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X) - result = 1 - result; - else { - double d = (double)(op->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Next->Pt.Y - pt.Y) - - (double)(op->Next->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Pt.Y - pt.Y); - if (!d) - return -1; - if ((d > 0) == (op->Next->Pt.Y > op->Pt.Y)) - result = 1 - result; - } - } else { - if (op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X) { - double d = (double)(op->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Next->Pt.Y - pt.Y) - - (double)(op->Next->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Pt.Y - pt.Y); - if (!d) - return -1; - if ((d > 0) == (op->Next->Pt.Y > op->Pt.Y)) - result = 1 - result; - } - } - } - op = op->Next; - if (startOp == op) - break; - } - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Poly2ContainsPoly1(OutPt *OutPt1, OutPt *OutPt2) { - OutPt *op = OutPt1; - do { - // nb: PointInPolygon returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt on polygon - int res = PointInPolygon(op->Pt, OutPt2); - if (res >= 0) - return res > 0; - op = op->Next; - } while (op != OutPt1); - return true; -} -//---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -bool SlopesEqual(const TEdge &e1, const TEdge &e2, bool UseFullInt64Range) { -#ifndef use_int32 - if (UseFullInt64Range) - return Int128Mul(e1.Top.Y - e1.Bot.Y, e2.Top.X - e2.Bot.X) == - Int128Mul(e1.Top.X - e1.Bot.X, e2.Top.Y - e2.Bot.Y); - else -#endif - return (e1.Top.Y - e1.Bot.Y) * (e2.Top.X - e2.Bot.X) == - (e1.Top.X - e1.Bot.X) * (e2.Top.Y - e2.Bot.Y); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool SlopesEqual(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2, const IntPoint pt3, - bool UseFullInt64Range) { -#ifndef use_int32 - if (UseFullInt64Range) - return Int128Mul(pt1.Y - pt2.Y, pt2.X - pt3.X) == - Int128Mul(pt1.X - pt2.X, pt2.Y - pt3.Y); - else -#endif - return (pt1.Y - pt2.Y) * (pt2.X - pt3.X) == - (pt1.X - pt2.X) * (pt2.Y - pt3.Y); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool SlopesEqual(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2, const IntPoint pt3, - const IntPoint pt4, bool UseFullInt64Range) { -#ifndef use_int32 - if (UseFullInt64Range) - return Int128Mul(pt1.Y - pt2.Y, pt3.X - pt4.X) == - Int128Mul(pt1.X - pt2.X, pt3.Y - pt4.Y); - else -#endif - return (pt1.Y - pt2.Y) * (pt3.X - pt4.X) == - (pt1.X - pt2.X) * (pt3.Y - pt4.Y); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline bool IsHorizontal(TEdge &e) { return e.Dx == HORIZONTAL; } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline double GetDx(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2) { - return (pt1.Y == pt2.Y) ? HORIZONTAL - : (double)(pt2.X - pt1.X) / (pt2.Y - pt1.Y); -} -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -inline void SetDx(TEdge &e) { - cInt dy = (e.Top.Y - e.Bot.Y); - if (dy == 0) - e.Dx = HORIZONTAL; - else - e.Dx = (double)(e.Top.X - e.Bot.X) / dy; -} -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -inline void SwapSides(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2) { - EdgeSide Side = Edge1.Side; - Edge1.Side = Edge2.Side; - Edge2.Side = Side; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline void SwapPolyIndexes(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2) { - int OutIdx = Edge1.OutIdx; - Edge1.OutIdx = Edge2.OutIdx; - Edge2.OutIdx = OutIdx; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline cInt TopX(TEdge &edge, const cInt currentY) { - return (currentY == edge.Top.Y) - ? edge.Top.X - : edge.Bot.X + Round(edge.Dx * (currentY - edge.Bot.Y)); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void IntersectPoint(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2, IntPoint &ip) { -#ifdef use_xyz - ip.Z = 0; -#endif - - double b1, b2; - if (Edge1.Dx == Edge2.Dx) { - ip.Y = Edge1.Curr.Y; - ip.X = TopX(Edge1, ip.Y); - return; - } else if (Edge1.Dx == 0) { - ip.X = Edge1.Bot.X; - if (IsHorizontal(Edge2)) - ip.Y = Edge2.Bot.Y; - else { - b2 = Edge2.Bot.Y - (Edge2.Bot.X / Edge2.Dx); - ip.Y = Round(ip.X / Edge2.Dx + b2); - } - } else if (Edge2.Dx == 0) { - ip.X = Edge2.Bot.X; - if (IsHorizontal(Edge1)) - ip.Y = Edge1.Bot.Y; - else { - b1 = Edge1.Bot.Y - (Edge1.Bot.X / Edge1.Dx); - ip.Y = Round(ip.X / Edge1.Dx + b1); - } - } else { - b1 = Edge1.Bot.X - Edge1.Bot.Y * Edge1.Dx; - b2 = Edge2.Bot.X - Edge2.Bot.Y * Edge2.Dx; - double q = (b2 - b1) / (Edge1.Dx - Edge2.Dx); - ip.Y = Round(q); - if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) < std::fabs(Edge2.Dx)) - ip.X = Round(Edge1.Dx * q + b1); - else - ip.X = Round(Edge2.Dx * q + b2); - } - - if (ip.Y < Edge1.Top.Y || ip.Y < Edge2.Top.Y) { - if (Edge1.Top.Y > Edge2.Top.Y) - ip.Y = Edge1.Top.Y; - else - ip.Y = Edge2.Top.Y; - if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) < std::fabs(Edge2.Dx)) - ip.X = TopX(Edge1, ip.Y); - else - ip.X = TopX(Edge2, ip.Y); - } - // finally, don't allow 'ip' to be BELOW curr.Y (ie bottom of scanbeam) ... - if (ip.Y > Edge1.Curr.Y) { - ip.Y = Edge1.Curr.Y; - // use the more vertical edge to derive X ... - if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) > std::fabs(Edge2.Dx)) - ip.X = TopX(Edge2, ip.Y); - else - ip.X = TopX(Edge1, ip.Y); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ReversePolyPtLinks(OutPt *pp) { - if (!pp) - return; - OutPt *pp1, *pp2; - pp1 = pp; - do { - pp2 = pp1->Next; - pp1->Next = pp1->Prev; - pp1->Prev = pp2; - pp1 = pp2; - } while (pp1 != pp); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void DisposeOutPts(OutPt *&pp) { - if (pp == 0) - return; - pp->Prev->Next = 0; - while (pp) { - OutPt *tmpPp = pp; - pp = pp->Next; - delete tmpPp; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline void InitEdge(TEdge *e, TEdge *eNext, TEdge *ePrev, const IntPoint &Pt) { - std::memset(e, 0, sizeof(TEdge)); - e->Next = eNext; - e->Prev = ePrev; - e->Curr = Pt; - e->OutIdx = Unassigned; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void InitEdge2(TEdge &e, PolyType Pt) { - if (e.Curr.Y >= e.Next->Curr.Y) { - e.Bot = e.Curr; - e.Top = e.Next->Curr; - } else { - e.Top = e.Curr; - e.Bot = e.Next->Curr; - } - SetDx(e); - e.PolyTyp = Pt; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TEdge *RemoveEdge(TEdge *e) { - // removes e from double_linked_list (but without removing from memory) - e->Prev->Next = e->Next; - e->Next->Prev = e->Prev; - TEdge *result = e->Next; - e->Prev = 0; // flag as removed (see ClipperBase.Clear) - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline void ReverseHorizontal(TEdge &e) { - // swap horizontal edges' Top and Bottom x's so they follow the natural - // progression of the bounds - ie so their xbots will align with the - // adjoining lower edge. [Helpful in the ProcessHorizontal() method.] - std::swap(e.Top.X, e.Bot.X); -#ifdef use_xyz - std::swap(e.Top.Z, e.Bot.Z); -#endif -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void SwapPoints(IntPoint &pt1, IntPoint &pt2) { - IntPoint tmp = pt1; - pt1 = pt2; - pt2 = tmp; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool GetOverlapSegment(IntPoint pt1a, IntPoint pt1b, IntPoint pt2a, - IntPoint pt2b, IntPoint &pt1, IntPoint &pt2) { - // precondition: segments are Collinear. - if (Abs(pt1a.X - pt1b.X) > Abs(pt1a.Y - pt1b.Y)) { - if (pt1a.X > pt1b.X) - SwapPoints(pt1a, pt1b); - if (pt2a.X > pt2b.X) - SwapPoints(pt2a, pt2b); - if (pt1a.X > pt2a.X) - pt1 = pt1a; - else - pt1 = pt2a; - if (pt1b.X < pt2b.X) - pt2 = pt1b; - else - pt2 = pt2b; - return pt1.X < pt2.X; - } else { - if (pt1a.Y < pt1b.Y) - SwapPoints(pt1a, pt1b); - if (pt2a.Y < pt2b.Y) - SwapPoints(pt2a, pt2b); - if (pt1a.Y < pt2a.Y) - pt1 = pt1a; - else - pt1 = pt2a; - if (pt1b.Y > pt2b.Y) - pt2 = pt1b; - else - pt2 = pt2b; - return pt1.Y > pt2.Y; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool FirstIsBottomPt(const OutPt *btmPt1, const OutPt *btmPt2) { - OutPt *p = btmPt1->Prev; - while ((p->Pt == btmPt1->Pt) && (p != btmPt1)) - p = p->Prev; - double dx1p = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt1->Pt, p->Pt)); - p = btmPt1->Next; - while ((p->Pt == btmPt1->Pt) && (p != btmPt1)) - p = p->Next; - double dx1n = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt1->Pt, p->Pt)); - - p = btmPt2->Prev; - while ((p->Pt == btmPt2->Pt) && (p != btmPt2)) - p = p->Prev; - double dx2p = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt2->Pt, p->Pt)); - p = btmPt2->Next; - while ((p->Pt == btmPt2->Pt) && (p != btmPt2)) - p = p->Next; - double dx2n = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt2->Pt, p->Pt)); - - if (std::max(dx1p, dx1n) == std::max(dx2p, dx2n) && - std::min(dx1p, dx1n) == std::min(dx2p, dx2n)) - return Area(btmPt1) > 0; // if otherwise identical use orientation - else - return (dx1p >= dx2p && dx1p >= dx2n) || (dx1n >= dx2p && dx1n >= dx2n); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutPt *GetBottomPt(OutPt *pp) { - OutPt *dups = 0; - OutPt *p = pp->Next; - while (p != pp) { - if (p->Pt.Y > pp->Pt.Y) { - pp = p; - dups = 0; - } else if (p->Pt.Y == pp->Pt.Y && p->Pt.X <= pp->Pt.X) { - if (p->Pt.X < pp->Pt.X) { - dups = 0; - pp = p; - } else { - if (p->Next != pp && p->Prev != pp) - dups = p; - } - } - p = p->Next; - } - if (dups) { - // there appears to be at least 2 vertices at BottomPt so ... - while (dups != p) { - if (!FirstIsBottomPt(p, dups)) - pp = dups; - dups = dups->Next; - while (dups->Pt != pp->Pt) - dups = dups->Next; - } - } - return pp; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2, - const IntPoint pt3) { - if ((pt1 == pt3) || (pt1 == pt2) || (pt3 == pt2)) - return false; - else if (pt1.X != pt3.X) - return (pt2.X > pt1.X) == (pt2.X < pt3.X); - else - return (pt2.Y > pt1.Y) == (pt2.Y < pt3.Y); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool HorzSegmentsOverlap(cInt seg1a, cInt seg1b, cInt seg2a, cInt seg2b) { - if (seg1a > seg1b) - std::swap(seg1a, seg1b); - if (seg2a > seg2b) - std::swap(seg2a, seg2b); - return (seg1a < seg2b) && (seg2a < seg1b); -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// ClipperBase class methods ... -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -ClipperBase::ClipperBase() // constructor -{ - m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin(); // begin() == end() here - m_UseFullRange = false; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -ClipperBase::~ClipperBase() // destructor -{ - Clear(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void RangeTest(const IntPoint &Pt, bool &useFullRange) { - if (useFullRange) { - if (Pt.X > hiRange || Pt.Y > hiRange || -Pt.X > hiRange || -Pt.Y > hiRange) - throw clipperException("Coordinate outside allowed range"); - } else if (Pt.X > loRange || Pt.Y > loRange || -Pt.X > loRange || - -Pt.Y > loRange) { - useFullRange = true; - RangeTest(Pt, useFullRange); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TEdge *FindNextLocMin(TEdge *E) { - for (;;) { - while (E->Bot != E->Prev->Bot || E->Curr == E->Top) - E = E->Next; - if (!IsHorizontal(*E) && !IsHorizontal(*E->Prev)) - break; - while (IsHorizontal(*E->Prev)) - E = E->Prev; - TEdge *E2 = E; - while (IsHorizontal(*E)) - E = E->Next; - if (E->Top.Y == E->Prev->Bot.Y) - continue; // ie just an intermediate horz. - if (E2->Prev->Bot.X < E->Bot.X) - E = E2; - break; - } - return E; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TEdge *ClipperBase::ProcessBound(TEdge *E, bool NextIsForward) { - TEdge *Result = E; - TEdge *Horz = 0; - - if (E->OutIdx == Skip) { - // if edges still remain in the current bound beyond the skip edge then - // create another LocMin and call ProcessBound once more - if (NextIsForward) { - while (E->Top.Y == E->Next->Bot.Y) - E = E->Next; - // don't include top horizontals when parsing a bound a second time, - // they will be contained in the opposite bound ... - while (E != Result && IsHorizontal(*E)) - E = E->Prev; - } else { - while (E->Top.Y == E->Prev->Bot.Y) - E = E->Prev; - while (E != Result && IsHorizontal(*E)) - E = E->Next; - } - - if (E == Result) { - if (NextIsForward) - Result = E->Next; - else - Result = E->Prev; - } else { - // there are more edges in the bound beyond result starting with E - if (NextIsForward) - E = Result->Next; - else - E = Result->Prev; - MinimaList::value_type locMin; - locMin.Y = E->Bot.Y; - locMin.LeftBound = 0; - locMin.RightBound = E; - E->WindDelta = 0; - Result = ProcessBound(E, NextIsForward); - m_MinimaList.push_back(locMin); - } - return Result; - } - - TEdge *EStart; - - if (IsHorizontal(*E)) { - // We need to be careful with open paths because this may not be a - // true local minima (ie E may be following a skip edge). - // Also, consecutive horz. edges may start heading left before going right. - if (NextIsForward) - EStart = E->Prev; - else - EStart = E->Next; - if (IsHorizontal(*EStart)) // ie an adjoining horizontal skip edge - { - if (EStart->Bot.X != E->Bot.X && EStart->Top.X != E->Bot.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - } else if (EStart->Bot.X != E->Bot.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - } - - EStart = E; - if (NextIsForward) { - while (Result->Top.Y == Result->Next->Bot.Y && Result->Next->OutIdx != Skip) - Result = Result->Next; - if (IsHorizontal(*Result) && Result->Next->OutIdx != Skip) { - // nb: at the top of a bound, horizontals are added to the bound - // only when the preceding edge attaches to the horizontal's left vertex - // unless a Skip edge is encountered when that becomes the top divide - Horz = Result; - while (IsHorizontal(*Horz->Prev)) - Horz = Horz->Prev; - if (Horz->Prev->Top.X > Result->Next->Top.X) - Result = Horz->Prev; - } - while (E != Result) { - E->NextInLML = E->Next; - if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - E = E->Next; - } - if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - Result = Result->Next; // move to the edge just beyond current bound - } else { - while (Result->Top.Y == Result->Prev->Bot.Y && Result->Prev->OutIdx != Skip) - Result = Result->Prev; - if (IsHorizontal(*Result) && Result->Prev->OutIdx != Skip) { - Horz = Result; - while (IsHorizontal(*Horz->Next)) - Horz = Horz->Next; - if (Horz->Next->Top.X == Result->Prev->Top.X || - Horz->Next->Top.X > Result->Prev->Top.X) - Result = Horz->Next; - } - - while (E != Result) { - E->NextInLML = E->Prev; - if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Next->Top.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - E = E->Prev; - } - if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Next->Top.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - Result = Result->Prev; // move to the edge just beyond current bound - } - - return Result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool ClipperBase::AddPath(const Path &pg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed) { -#ifdef use_lines - if (!Closed && PolyTyp == ptClip) - throw clipperException("AddPath: Open paths must be subject."); -#else - if (!Closed) - throw clipperException("AddPath: Open paths have been disabled."); -#endif - - int highI = (int)pg.size() - 1; - if (Closed) - while (highI > 0 && (pg[highI] == pg[0])) - --highI; - while (highI > 0 && (pg[highI] == pg[highI - 1])) - --highI; - if ((Closed && highI < 2) || (!Closed && highI < 1)) - return false; - - // create a new edge array ... - TEdge *edges = new TEdge[highI + 1]; - - bool IsFlat = true; - // 1. Basic (first) edge initialization ... - try { - edges[1].Curr = pg[1]; - RangeTest(pg[0], m_UseFullRange); - RangeTest(pg[highI], m_UseFullRange); - InitEdge(&edges[0], &edges[1], &edges[highI], pg[0]); - InitEdge(&edges[highI], &edges[0], &edges[highI - 1], pg[highI]); - for (int i = highI - 1; i >= 1; --i) { - RangeTest(pg[i], m_UseFullRange); - InitEdge(&edges[i], &edges[i + 1], &edges[i - 1], pg[i]); - } - } catch (...) { - delete[] edges; - throw; // range test fails - } - TEdge *eStart = &edges[0]; - - // 2. Remove duplicate vertices, and (when closed) collinear edges ... - TEdge *E = eStart, *eLoopStop = eStart; - for (;;) { - // nb: allows matching start and end points when not Closed ... - if (E->Curr == E->Next->Curr && (Closed || E->Next != eStart)) { - if (E == E->Next) - break; - if (E == eStart) - eStart = E->Next; - E = RemoveEdge(E); - eLoopStop = E; - continue; - } - if (E->Prev == E->Next) - break; // only two vertices - else if (Closed && SlopesEqual(E->Prev->Curr, E->Curr, E->Next->Curr, - m_UseFullRange) && - (!m_PreserveCollinear || - !Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(E->Prev->Curr, E->Curr, E->Next->Curr))) { - // Collinear edges are allowed for open paths but in closed paths - // the default is to merge adjacent collinear edges into a single edge. - // However, if the PreserveCollinear property is enabled, only overlapping - // collinear edges (ie spikes) will be removed from closed paths. - if (E == eStart) - eStart = E->Next; - E = RemoveEdge(E); - E = E->Prev; - eLoopStop = E; - continue; - } - E = E->Next; - if ((E == eLoopStop) || (!Closed && E->Next == eStart)) - break; - } - - if ((!Closed && (E == E->Next)) || (Closed && (E->Prev == E->Next))) { - delete[] edges; - return false; - } - - if (!Closed) { - m_HasOpenPaths = true; - eStart->Prev->OutIdx = Skip; - } - - // 3. Do second stage of edge initialization ... - E = eStart; - do { - InitEdge2(*E, PolyTyp); - E = E->Next; - if (IsFlat && E->Curr.Y != eStart->Curr.Y) - IsFlat = false; - } while (E != eStart); - - // 4. Finally, add edge bounds to LocalMinima list ... - - // Totally flat paths must be handled differently when adding them - // to LocalMinima list to avoid endless loops etc ... - if (IsFlat) { - if (Closed) { - delete[] edges; - return false; - } - E->Prev->OutIdx = Skip; - MinimaList::value_type locMin; - locMin.Y = E->Bot.Y; - locMin.LeftBound = 0; - locMin.RightBound = E; - locMin.RightBound->Side = esRight; - locMin.RightBound->WindDelta = 0; - for (;;) { - if (E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - if (E->Next->OutIdx == Skip) - break; - E->NextInLML = E->Next; - E = E->Next; - } - m_MinimaList.push_back(locMin); - m_edges.push_back(edges); - return true; - } - - m_edges.push_back(edges); - bool leftBoundIsForward; - TEdge *EMin = 0; - - // workaround to avoid an endless loop in the while loop below when - // open paths have matching start and end points ... - if (E->Prev->Bot == E->Prev->Top) - E = E->Next; - - for (;;) { - E = FindNextLocMin(E); - if (E == EMin) - break; - else if (!EMin) - EMin = E; - - // E and E.Prev now share a local minima (left aligned if horizontal). - // Compare their slopes to find which starts which bound ... - MinimaList::value_type locMin; - locMin.Y = E->Bot.Y; - if (E->Dx < E->Prev->Dx) { - locMin.LeftBound = E->Prev; - locMin.RightBound = E; - leftBoundIsForward = false; // Q.nextInLML = Q.prev - } else { - locMin.LeftBound = E; - locMin.RightBound = E->Prev; - leftBoundIsForward = true; // Q.nextInLML = Q.next - } - - if (!Closed) - locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta = 0; - else if (locMin.LeftBound->Next == locMin.RightBound) - locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta = -1; - else - locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta = 1; - locMin.RightBound->WindDelta = -locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta; - - E = ProcessBound(locMin.LeftBound, leftBoundIsForward); - if (E->OutIdx == Skip) - E = ProcessBound(E, leftBoundIsForward); - - TEdge *E2 = ProcessBound(locMin.RightBound, !leftBoundIsForward); - if (E2->OutIdx == Skip) - E2 = ProcessBound(E2, !leftBoundIsForward); - - if (locMin.LeftBound->OutIdx == Skip) - locMin.LeftBound = 0; - else if (locMin.RightBound->OutIdx == Skip) - locMin.RightBound = 0; - m_MinimaList.push_back(locMin); - if (!leftBoundIsForward) - E = E2; - } - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool ClipperBase::AddPaths(const Paths &ppg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed) { - bool result = false; - for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < ppg.size(); ++i) - if (AddPath(ppg[i], PolyTyp, Closed)) - result = true; - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::Clear() { - DisposeLocalMinimaList(); - for (EdgeList::size_type i = 0; i < m_edges.size(); ++i) { - TEdge *edges = m_edges[i]; - delete[] edges; - } - m_edges.clear(); - m_UseFullRange = false; - m_HasOpenPaths = false; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::Reset() { - m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin(); - if (m_CurrentLM == m_MinimaList.end()) - return; // ie nothing to process - std::sort(m_MinimaList.begin(), m_MinimaList.end(), LocMinSorter()); - - m_Scanbeam = ScanbeamList(); // clears/resets priority_queue - // reset all edges ... - for (MinimaList::iterator lm = m_MinimaList.begin(); lm != m_MinimaList.end(); - ++lm) { - InsertScanbeam(lm->Y); - TEdge *e = lm->LeftBound; - if (e) { - e->Curr = e->Bot; - e->Side = esLeft; - e->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - - e = lm->RightBound; - if (e) { - e->Curr = e->Bot; - e->Side = esRight; - e->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - } - m_ActiveEdges = 0; - m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::DisposeLocalMinimaList() { - m_MinimaList.clear(); - m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool ClipperBase::PopLocalMinima(cInt Y, const LocalMinimum *&locMin) { - if (m_CurrentLM == m_MinimaList.end() || (*m_CurrentLM).Y != Y) - return false; - locMin = &(*m_CurrentLM); - ++m_CurrentLM; - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -IntRect ClipperBase::GetBounds() { - IntRect result; - MinimaList::iterator lm = m_MinimaList.begin(); - if (lm == m_MinimaList.end()) { - result.left = result.top = result.right = result.bottom = 0; - return result; - } - result.left = lm->LeftBound->Bot.X; - result.top = lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y; - result.right = lm->LeftBound->Bot.X; - result.bottom = lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y; - while (lm != m_MinimaList.end()) { - // todo - needs fixing for open paths - result.bottom = std::max(result.bottom, lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y); - TEdge *e = lm->LeftBound; - for (;;) { - TEdge *bottomE = e; - while (e->NextInLML) { - if (e->Bot.X < result.left) - result.left = e->Bot.X; - if (e->Bot.X > result.right) - result.right = e->Bot.X; - e = e->NextInLML; - } - result.left = std::min(result.left, e->Bot.X); - result.right = std::max(result.right, e->Bot.X); - result.left = std::min(result.left, e->Top.X); - result.right = std::max(result.right, e->Top.X); - result.top = std::min(result.top, e->Top.Y); - if (bottomE == lm->LeftBound) - e = lm->RightBound; - else - break; - } - ++lm; - } - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::InsertScanbeam(const cInt Y) { m_Scanbeam.push(Y); } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool ClipperBase::PopScanbeam(cInt &Y) { - if (m_Scanbeam.empty()) - return false; - Y = m_Scanbeam.top(); - m_Scanbeam.pop(); - while (!m_Scanbeam.empty() && Y == m_Scanbeam.top()) { - m_Scanbeam.pop(); - } // Pop duplicates. - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::DisposeAllOutRecs() { - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) - DisposeOutRec(i); - m_PolyOuts.clear(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::DisposeOutRec(PolyOutList::size_type index) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[index]; - if (outRec->Pts) - DisposeOutPts(outRec->Pts); - delete outRec; - m_PolyOuts[index] = 0; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::DeleteFromAEL(TEdge *e) { - TEdge *AelPrev = e->PrevInAEL; - TEdge *AelNext = e->NextInAEL; - if (!AelPrev && !AelNext && (e != m_ActiveEdges)) - return; // already deleted - if (AelPrev) - AelPrev->NextInAEL = AelNext; - else - m_ActiveEdges = AelNext; - if (AelNext) - AelNext->PrevInAEL = AelPrev; - e->NextInAEL = 0; - e->PrevInAEL = 0; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutRec *ClipperBase::CreateOutRec() { - OutRec *result = new OutRec; - result->IsHole = false; - result->IsOpen = false; - result->FirstLeft = 0; - result->Pts = 0; - result->BottomPt = 0; - result->PolyNd = 0; - m_PolyOuts.push_back(result); - result->Idx = (int)m_PolyOuts.size() - 1; - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::SwapPositionsInAEL(TEdge *Edge1, TEdge *Edge2) { - // check that one or other edge hasn't already been removed from AEL ... - if (Edge1->NextInAEL == Edge1->PrevInAEL || - Edge2->NextInAEL == Edge2->PrevInAEL) - return; - - if (Edge1->NextInAEL == Edge2) { - TEdge *Next = Edge2->NextInAEL; - if (Next) - Next->PrevInAEL = Edge1; - TEdge *Prev = Edge1->PrevInAEL; - if (Prev) - Prev->NextInAEL = Edge2; - Edge2->PrevInAEL = Prev; - Edge2->NextInAEL = Edge1; - Edge1->PrevInAEL = Edge2; - Edge1->NextInAEL = Next; - } else if (Edge2->NextInAEL == Edge1) { - TEdge *Next = Edge1->NextInAEL; - if (Next) - Next->PrevInAEL = Edge2; - TEdge *Prev = Edge2->PrevInAEL; - if (Prev) - Prev->NextInAEL = Edge1; - Edge1->PrevInAEL = Prev; - Edge1->NextInAEL = Edge2; - Edge2->PrevInAEL = Edge1; - Edge2->NextInAEL = Next; - } else { - TEdge *Next = Edge1->NextInAEL; - TEdge *Prev = Edge1->PrevInAEL; - Edge1->NextInAEL = Edge2->NextInAEL; - if (Edge1->NextInAEL) - Edge1->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = Edge1; - Edge1->PrevInAEL = Edge2->PrevInAEL; - if (Edge1->PrevInAEL) - Edge1->PrevInAEL->NextInAEL = Edge1; - Edge2->NextInAEL = Next; - if (Edge2->NextInAEL) - Edge2->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = Edge2; - Edge2->PrevInAEL = Prev; - if (Edge2->PrevInAEL) - Edge2->PrevInAEL->NextInAEL = Edge2; - } - - if (!Edge1->PrevInAEL) - m_ActiveEdges = Edge1; - else if (!Edge2->PrevInAEL) - m_ActiveEdges = Edge2; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *&e) { - if (!e->NextInLML) - throw clipperException("UpdateEdgeIntoAEL: invalid call"); - - e->NextInLML->OutIdx = e->OutIdx; - TEdge *AelPrev = e->PrevInAEL; - TEdge *AelNext = e->NextInAEL; - if (AelPrev) - AelPrev->NextInAEL = e->NextInLML; - else - m_ActiveEdges = e->NextInLML; - if (AelNext) - AelNext->PrevInAEL = e->NextInLML; - e->NextInLML->Side = e->Side; - e->NextInLML->WindDelta = e->WindDelta; - e->NextInLML->WindCnt = e->WindCnt; - e->NextInLML->WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2; - e = e->NextInLML; - e->Curr = e->Bot; - e->PrevInAEL = AelPrev; - e->NextInAEL = AelNext; - if (!IsHorizontal(*e)) - InsertScanbeam(e->Top.Y); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool ClipperBase::LocalMinimaPending() { - return (m_CurrentLM != m_MinimaList.end()); -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// TClipper methods ... -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -Clipper::Clipper(int initOptions) - : ClipperBase() // constructor -{ - m_ExecuteLocked = false; - m_UseFullRange = false; - m_ReverseOutput = ((initOptions & ioReverseSolution) != 0); - m_StrictSimple = ((initOptions & ioStrictlySimple) != 0); - m_PreserveCollinear = ((initOptions & ioPreserveCollinear) != 0); - m_HasOpenPaths = false; -#ifdef use_xyz - m_ZFill = 0; -#endif -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -#ifdef use_xyz -void Clipper::ZFillFunction(ZFillCallback zFillFunc) { m_ZFill = zFillFunc; } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#endif - -bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, Paths &solution, - PolyFillType fillType) { - return Execute(clipType, solution, fillType, fillType); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, PolyTree &polytree, - PolyFillType fillType) { - return Execute(clipType, polytree, fillType, fillType); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, Paths &solution, - PolyFillType subjFillType, PolyFillType clipFillType) { - if (m_ExecuteLocked) - return false; - if (m_HasOpenPaths) - throw clipperException( - "Error: PolyTree struct is needed for open path clipping."); - m_ExecuteLocked = true; - solution.resize(0); - m_SubjFillType = subjFillType; - m_ClipFillType = clipFillType; - m_ClipType = clipType; - m_UsingPolyTree = false; - bool succeeded = ExecuteInternal(); - if (succeeded) - BuildResult(solution); - DisposeAllOutRecs(); - m_ExecuteLocked = false; - return succeeded; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, PolyTree &polytree, - PolyFillType subjFillType, PolyFillType clipFillType) { - if (m_ExecuteLocked) - return false; - m_ExecuteLocked = true; - m_SubjFillType = subjFillType; - m_ClipFillType = clipFillType; - m_ClipType = clipType; - m_UsingPolyTree = true; - bool succeeded = ExecuteInternal(); - if (succeeded) - BuildResult2(polytree); - DisposeAllOutRecs(); - m_ExecuteLocked = false; - return succeeded; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::FixHoleLinkage(OutRec &outrec) { - // skip OutRecs that (a) contain outermost polygons or - //(b) already have the correct owner/child linkage ... - if (!outrec.FirstLeft || - (outrec.IsHole != outrec.FirstLeft->IsHole && outrec.FirstLeft->Pts)) - return; - - OutRec *orfl = outrec.FirstLeft; - while (orfl && ((orfl->IsHole == outrec.IsHole) || !orfl->Pts)) - orfl = orfl->FirstLeft; - outrec.FirstLeft = orfl; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::ExecuteInternal() { - bool succeeded = true; - try { - Reset(); - m_Maxima = MaximaList(); - m_SortedEdges = 0; - - succeeded = true; - cInt botY, topY; - if (!PopScanbeam(botY)) - return false; - InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(botY); - while (PopScanbeam(topY) || LocalMinimaPending()) { - ProcessHorizontals(); - ClearGhostJoins(); - if (!ProcessIntersections(topY)) { - succeeded = false; - break; - } - ProcessEdgesAtTopOfScanbeam(topY); - botY = topY; - InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(botY); - } - } catch (...) { - succeeded = false; - } - - if (succeeded) { - // fix orientations ... - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - if (!outRec->Pts || outRec->IsOpen) - continue; - if ((outRec->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec) > 0)) - ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec->Pts); - } - - if (!m_Joins.empty()) - JoinCommonEdges(); - - // unfortunately FixupOutPolygon() must be done after JoinCommonEdges() - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - if (!outRec->Pts) - continue; - if (outRec->IsOpen) - FixupOutPolyline(*outRec); - else - FixupOutPolygon(*outRec); - } - - if (m_StrictSimple) - DoSimplePolygons(); - } - - ClearJoins(); - ClearGhostJoins(); - return succeeded; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::SetWindingCount(TEdge &edge) { - TEdge *e = edge.PrevInAEL; - // find the edge of the same polytype that immediately preceeds 'edge' in AEL - while (e && ((e->PolyTyp != edge.PolyTyp) || (e->WindDelta == 0))) - e = e->PrevInAEL; - if (!e) { - if (edge.WindDelta == 0) { - PolyFillType pft = - (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject ? m_SubjFillType : m_ClipFillType); - edge.WindCnt = (pft == pftNegative ? -1 : 1); - } else - edge.WindCnt = edge.WindDelta; - edge.WindCnt2 = 0; - e = m_ActiveEdges; // ie get ready to calc WindCnt2 - } else if (edge.WindDelta == 0 && m_ClipType != ctUnion) { - edge.WindCnt = 1; - edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2; - e = e->NextInAEL; // ie get ready to calc WindCnt2 - } else if (IsEvenOddFillType(edge)) { - // EvenOdd filling ... - if (edge.WindDelta == 0) { - // are we inside a subj polygon ... - bool Inside = true; - TEdge *e2 = e->PrevInAEL; - while (e2) { - if (e2->PolyTyp == e->PolyTyp && e2->WindDelta != 0) - Inside = !Inside; - e2 = e2->PrevInAEL; - } - edge.WindCnt = (Inside ? 0 : 1); - } else { - edge.WindCnt = edge.WindDelta; - } - edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2; - e = e->NextInAEL; // ie get ready to calc WindCnt2 - } else { - // nonZero, Positive or Negative filling ... - if (e->WindCnt * e->WindDelta < 0) { - // prev edge is 'decreasing' WindCount (WC) toward zero - // so we're outside the previous polygon ... - if (Abs(e->WindCnt) > 1) { - // outside prev poly but still inside another. - // when reversing direction of prev poly use the same WC - if (e->WindDelta * edge.WindDelta < 0) - edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt; - // otherwise continue to 'decrease' WC ... - else - edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt + edge.WindDelta; - } else - // now outside all polys of same polytype so set own WC ... - edge.WindCnt = (edge.WindDelta == 0 ? 1 : edge.WindDelta); - } else { - // prev edge is 'increasing' WindCount (WC) away from zero - // so we're inside the previous polygon ... - if (edge.WindDelta == 0) - edge.WindCnt = (e->WindCnt < 0 ? e->WindCnt - 1 : e->WindCnt + 1); - // if wind direction is reversing prev then use same WC - else if (e->WindDelta * edge.WindDelta < 0) - edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt; - // otherwise add to WC ... - else - edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt + edge.WindDelta; - } - edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2; - e = e->NextInAEL; // ie get ready to calc WindCnt2 - } - - // update WindCnt2 ... - if (IsEvenOddAltFillType(edge)) { - // EvenOdd filling ... - while (e != &edge) { - if (e->WindDelta != 0) - edge.WindCnt2 = (edge.WindCnt2 == 0 ? 1 : 0); - e = e->NextInAEL; - } - } else { - // nonZero, Positive or Negative filling ... - while (e != &edge) { - edge.WindCnt2 += e->WindDelta; - e = e->NextInAEL; - } - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::IsEvenOddFillType(const TEdge &edge) const { - if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject) - return m_SubjFillType == pftEvenOdd; - else - return m_ClipFillType == pftEvenOdd; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::IsEvenOddAltFillType(const TEdge &edge) const { - if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject) - return m_ClipFillType == pftEvenOdd; - else - return m_SubjFillType == pftEvenOdd; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::IsContributing(const TEdge &edge) const { - PolyFillType pft, pft2; - if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject) { - pft = m_SubjFillType; - pft2 = m_ClipFillType; - } else { - pft = m_ClipFillType; - pft2 = m_SubjFillType; - } - - switch (pft) { - case pftEvenOdd: - // return false if a subj line has been flagged as inside a subj polygon - if (edge.WindDelta == 0 && edge.WindCnt != 1) - return false; - break; - case pftNonZero: - if (Abs(edge.WindCnt) != 1) - return false; - break; - case pftPositive: - if (edge.WindCnt != 1) - return false; - break; - default: // pftNegative - if (edge.WindCnt != -1) - return false; - } - - switch (m_ClipType) { - case ctIntersection: - switch (pft2) { - case pftEvenOdd: - case pftNonZero: - return (edge.WindCnt2 != 0); - case pftPositive: - return (edge.WindCnt2 > 0); - default: - return (edge.WindCnt2 < 0); - } - break; - case ctUnion: - switch (pft2) { - case pftEvenOdd: - case pftNonZero: - return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0); - case pftPositive: - return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0); - default: - return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0); - } - break; - case ctDifference: - if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject) - switch (pft2) { - case pftEvenOdd: - case pftNonZero: - return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0); - case pftPositive: - return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0); - default: - return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0); - } - else - switch (pft2) { - case pftEvenOdd: - case pftNonZero: - return (edge.WindCnt2 != 0); - case pftPositive: - return (edge.WindCnt2 > 0); - default: - return (edge.WindCnt2 < 0); - } - break; - case ctXor: - if (edge.WindDelta == 0) // XOr always contributing unless open - switch (pft2) { - case pftEvenOdd: - case pftNonZero: - return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0); - case pftPositive: - return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0); - default: - return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0); - } - else - return true; - break; - default: - return true; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutPt *Clipper::AddLocalMinPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &Pt) { - OutPt *result; - TEdge *e, *prevE; - if (IsHorizontal(*e2) || (e1->Dx > e2->Dx)) { - result = AddOutPt(e1, Pt); - e2->OutIdx = e1->OutIdx; - e1->Side = esLeft; - e2->Side = esRight; - e = e1; - if (e->PrevInAEL == e2) - prevE = e2->PrevInAEL; - else - prevE = e->PrevInAEL; - } else { - result = AddOutPt(e2, Pt); - e1->OutIdx = e2->OutIdx; - e1->Side = esRight; - e2->Side = esLeft; - e = e2; - if (e->PrevInAEL == e1) - prevE = e1->PrevInAEL; - else - prevE = e->PrevInAEL; - } - - if (prevE && prevE->OutIdx >= 0 && prevE->Top.Y < Pt.Y && e->Top.Y < Pt.Y) { - cInt xPrev = TopX(*prevE, Pt.Y); - cInt xE = TopX(*e, Pt.Y); - if (xPrev == xE && (e->WindDelta != 0) && (prevE->WindDelta != 0) && - SlopesEqual(IntPoint(xPrev, Pt.Y), prevE->Top, IntPoint(xE, Pt.Y), - e->Top, m_UseFullRange)) { - OutPt *outPt = AddOutPt(prevE, Pt); - AddJoin(result, outPt, e->Top); - } - } - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::AddLocalMaxPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &Pt) { - AddOutPt(e1, Pt); - if (e2->WindDelta == 0) - AddOutPt(e2, Pt); - if (e1->OutIdx == e2->OutIdx) { - e1->OutIdx = Unassigned; - e2->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } else if (e1->OutIdx < e2->OutIdx) - AppendPolygon(e1, e2); - else - AppendPolygon(e2, e1); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::AddEdgeToSEL(TEdge *edge) { - // SEL pointers in PEdge are reused to build a list of horizontal edges. - // However, we don't need to worry about order with horizontal edge - // processing. - if (!m_SortedEdges) { - m_SortedEdges = edge; - edge->PrevInSEL = 0; - edge->NextInSEL = 0; - } else { - edge->NextInSEL = m_SortedEdges; - edge->PrevInSEL = 0; - m_SortedEdges->PrevInSEL = edge; - m_SortedEdges = edge; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::PopEdgeFromSEL(TEdge *&edge) { - if (!m_SortedEdges) - return false; - edge = m_SortedEdges; - DeleteFromSEL(m_SortedEdges); - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::CopyAELToSEL() { - TEdge *e = m_ActiveEdges; - m_SortedEdges = e; - while (e) { - e->PrevInSEL = e->PrevInAEL; - e->NextInSEL = e->NextInAEL; - e = e->NextInAEL; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::AddJoin(OutPt *op1, OutPt *op2, const IntPoint OffPt) { - Join *j = new Join; - j->OutPt1 = op1; - j->OutPt2 = op2; - j->OffPt = OffPt; - m_Joins.push_back(j); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::ClearJoins() { - for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_Joins.size(); i++) - delete m_Joins[i]; - m_Joins.resize(0); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::ClearGhostJoins() { - for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_GhostJoins.size(); i++) - delete m_GhostJoins[i]; - m_GhostJoins.resize(0); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::AddGhostJoin(OutPt *op, const IntPoint OffPt) { - Join *j = new Join; - j->OutPt1 = op; - j->OutPt2 = 0; - j->OffPt = OffPt; - m_GhostJoins.push_back(j); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(const cInt botY) { - const LocalMinimum *lm; - while (PopLocalMinima(botY, lm)) { - TEdge *lb = lm->LeftBound; - TEdge *rb = lm->RightBound; - - OutPt *Op1 = 0; - if (!lb) { - // nb: don't insert LB into either AEL or SEL - InsertEdgeIntoAEL(rb, 0); - SetWindingCount(*rb); - if (IsContributing(*rb)) - Op1 = AddOutPt(rb, rb->Bot); - } else if (!rb) { - InsertEdgeIntoAEL(lb, 0); - SetWindingCount(*lb); - if (IsContributing(*lb)) - Op1 = AddOutPt(lb, lb->Bot); - InsertScanbeam(lb->Top.Y); - } else { - InsertEdgeIntoAEL(lb, 0); - InsertEdgeIntoAEL(rb, lb); - SetWindingCount(*lb); - rb->WindCnt = lb->WindCnt; - rb->WindCnt2 = lb->WindCnt2; - if (IsContributing(*lb)) - Op1 = AddLocalMinPoly(lb, rb, lb->Bot); - InsertScanbeam(lb->Top.Y); - } - - if (rb) { - if (IsHorizontal(*rb)) { - AddEdgeToSEL(rb); - if (rb->NextInLML) - InsertScanbeam(rb->NextInLML->Top.Y); - } else - InsertScanbeam(rb->Top.Y); - } - - if (!lb || !rb) - continue; - - // if any output polygons share an edge, they'll need joining later ... - if (Op1 && IsHorizontal(*rb) && m_GhostJoins.size() > 0 && - (rb->WindDelta != 0)) { - for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_GhostJoins.size(); ++i) { - Join *jr = m_GhostJoins[i]; - // if the horizontal Rb and a 'ghost' horizontal overlap, then convert - // the 'ghost' join to a real join ready for later ... - if (HorzSegmentsOverlap(jr->OutPt1->Pt.X, jr->OffPt.X, rb->Bot.X, - rb->Top.X)) - AddJoin(jr->OutPt1, Op1, jr->OffPt); - } - } - - if (lb->OutIdx >= 0 && lb->PrevInAEL && - lb->PrevInAEL->Curr.X == lb->Bot.X && lb->PrevInAEL->OutIdx >= 0 && - SlopesEqual(lb->PrevInAEL->Bot, lb->PrevInAEL->Top, lb->Curr, lb->Top, - m_UseFullRange) && - (lb->WindDelta != 0) && (lb->PrevInAEL->WindDelta != 0)) { - OutPt *Op2 = AddOutPt(lb->PrevInAEL, lb->Bot); - AddJoin(Op1, Op2, lb->Top); - } - - if (lb->NextInAEL != rb) { - - if (rb->OutIdx >= 0 && rb->PrevInAEL->OutIdx >= 0 && - SlopesEqual(rb->PrevInAEL->Curr, rb->PrevInAEL->Top, rb->Curr, - rb->Top, m_UseFullRange) && - (rb->WindDelta != 0) && (rb->PrevInAEL->WindDelta != 0)) { - OutPt *Op2 = AddOutPt(rb->PrevInAEL, rb->Bot); - AddJoin(Op1, Op2, rb->Top); - } - - TEdge *e = lb->NextInAEL; - if (e) { - while (e != rb) { - // nb: For calculating winding counts etc, IntersectEdges() assumes - // that param1 will be to the Right of param2 ABOVE the intersection - // ... - IntersectEdges(rb, e, lb->Curr); // order important here - e = e->NextInAEL; - } - } - } - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::DeleteFromSEL(TEdge *e) { - TEdge *SelPrev = e->PrevInSEL; - TEdge *SelNext = e->NextInSEL; - if (!SelPrev && !SelNext && (e != m_SortedEdges)) - return; // already deleted - if (SelPrev) - SelPrev->NextInSEL = SelNext; - else - m_SortedEdges = SelNext; - if (SelNext) - SelNext->PrevInSEL = SelPrev; - e->NextInSEL = 0; - e->PrevInSEL = 0; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -#ifdef use_xyz -void Clipper::SetZ(IntPoint &pt, TEdge &e1, TEdge &e2) { - if (pt.Z != 0 || !m_ZFill) - return; - else if (pt == e1.Bot) - pt.Z = e1.Bot.Z; - else if (pt == e1.Top) - pt.Z = e1.Top.Z; - else if (pt == e2.Bot) - pt.Z = e2.Bot.Z; - else if (pt == e2.Top) - pt.Z = e2.Top.Z; - else - (*m_ZFill)(e1.Bot, e1.Top, e2.Bot, e2.Top, pt); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#endif - -void Clipper::IntersectEdges(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, IntPoint &Pt) { - bool e1Contributing = (e1->OutIdx >= 0); - bool e2Contributing = (e2->OutIdx >= 0); - -#ifdef use_xyz - SetZ(Pt, *e1, *e2); -#endif - -#ifdef use_lines - // if either edge is on an OPEN path ... - if (e1->WindDelta == 0 || e2->WindDelta == 0) { - // ignore subject-subject open path intersections UNLESS they - // are both open paths, AND they are both 'contributing maximas' ... - if (e1->WindDelta == 0 && e2->WindDelta == 0) - return; - - // if intersecting a subj line with a subj poly ... - else if (e1->PolyTyp == e2->PolyTyp && e1->WindDelta != e2->WindDelta && - m_ClipType == ctUnion) { - if (e1->WindDelta == 0) { - if (e2Contributing) { - AddOutPt(e1, Pt); - if (e1Contributing) - e1->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - } else { - if (e1Contributing) { - AddOutPt(e2, Pt); - if (e2Contributing) - e2->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - } - } else if (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp) { - // toggle subj open path OutIdx on/off when Abs(clip.WndCnt) == 1 ... - if ((e1->WindDelta == 0) && abs(e2->WindCnt) == 1 && - (m_ClipType != ctUnion || e2->WindCnt2 == 0)) { - AddOutPt(e1, Pt); - if (e1Contributing) - e1->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } else if ((e2->WindDelta == 0) && (abs(e1->WindCnt) == 1) && - (m_ClipType != ctUnion || e1->WindCnt2 == 0)) { - AddOutPt(e2, Pt); - if (e2Contributing) - e2->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - } - return; - } -#endif - - // update winding counts... - // assumes that e1 will be to the Right of e2 ABOVE the intersection - if (e1->PolyTyp == e2->PolyTyp) { - if (IsEvenOddFillType(*e1)) { - int oldE1WindCnt = e1->WindCnt; - e1->WindCnt = e2->WindCnt; - e2->WindCnt = oldE1WindCnt; - } else { - if (e1->WindCnt + e2->WindDelta == 0) - e1->WindCnt = -e1->WindCnt; - else - e1->WindCnt += e2->WindDelta; - if (e2->WindCnt - e1->WindDelta == 0) - e2->WindCnt = -e2->WindCnt; - else - e2->WindCnt -= e1->WindDelta; - } - } else { - if (!IsEvenOddFillType(*e2)) - e1->WindCnt2 += e2->WindDelta; - else - e1->WindCnt2 = (e1->WindCnt2 == 0) ? 1 : 0; - if (!IsEvenOddFillType(*e1)) - e2->WindCnt2 -= e1->WindDelta; - else - e2->WindCnt2 = (e2->WindCnt2 == 0) ? 1 : 0; - } - - PolyFillType e1FillType, e2FillType, e1FillType2, e2FillType2; - if (e1->PolyTyp == ptSubject) { - e1FillType = m_SubjFillType; - e1FillType2 = m_ClipFillType; - } else { - e1FillType = m_ClipFillType; - e1FillType2 = m_SubjFillType; - } - if (e2->PolyTyp == ptSubject) { - e2FillType = m_SubjFillType; - e2FillType2 = m_ClipFillType; - } else { - e2FillType = m_ClipFillType; - e2FillType2 = m_SubjFillType; - } - - cInt e1Wc, e2Wc; - switch (e1FillType) { - case pftPositive: - e1Wc = e1->WindCnt; - break; - case pftNegative: - e1Wc = -e1->WindCnt; - break; - default: - e1Wc = Abs(e1->WindCnt); - } - switch (e2FillType) { - case pftPositive: - e2Wc = e2->WindCnt; - break; - case pftNegative: - e2Wc = -e2->WindCnt; - break; - default: - e2Wc = Abs(e2->WindCnt); - } - - if (e1Contributing && e2Contributing) { - if ((e1Wc != 0 && e1Wc != 1) || (e2Wc != 0 && e2Wc != 1) || - (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp && m_ClipType != ctXor)) { - AddLocalMaxPoly(e1, e2, Pt); - } else { - AddOutPt(e1, Pt); - AddOutPt(e2, Pt); - SwapSides(*e1, *e2); - SwapPolyIndexes(*e1, *e2); - } - } else if (e1Contributing) { - if (e2Wc == 0 || e2Wc == 1) { - AddOutPt(e1, Pt); - SwapSides(*e1, *e2); - SwapPolyIndexes(*e1, *e2); - } - } else if (e2Contributing) { - if (e1Wc == 0 || e1Wc == 1) { - AddOutPt(e2, Pt); - SwapSides(*e1, *e2); - SwapPolyIndexes(*e1, *e2); - } - } else if ((e1Wc == 0 || e1Wc == 1) && (e2Wc == 0 || e2Wc == 1)) { - // neither edge is currently contributing ... - - cInt e1Wc2, e2Wc2; - switch (e1FillType2) { - case pftPositive: - e1Wc2 = e1->WindCnt2; - break; - case pftNegative: - e1Wc2 = -e1->WindCnt2; - break; - default: - e1Wc2 = Abs(e1->WindCnt2); - } - switch (e2FillType2) { - case pftPositive: - e2Wc2 = e2->WindCnt2; - break; - case pftNegative: - e2Wc2 = -e2->WindCnt2; - break; - default: - e2Wc2 = Abs(e2->WindCnt2); - } - - if (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp) { - AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); - } else if (e1Wc == 1 && e2Wc == 1) - switch (m_ClipType) { - case ctIntersection: - if (e1Wc2 > 0 && e2Wc2 > 0) - AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); - break; - case ctUnion: - if (e1Wc2 <= 0 && e2Wc2 <= 0) - AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); - break; - case ctDifference: - if (((e1->PolyTyp == ptClip) && (e1Wc2 > 0) && (e2Wc2 > 0)) || - ((e1->PolyTyp == ptSubject) && (e1Wc2 <= 0) && (e2Wc2 <= 0))) - AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); - break; - case ctXor: - AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); - } - else - SwapSides(*e1, *e2); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::SetHoleState(TEdge *e, OutRec *outrec) { - TEdge *e2 = e->PrevInAEL; - TEdge *eTmp = 0; - while (e2) { - if (e2->OutIdx >= 0 && e2->WindDelta != 0) { - if (!eTmp) - eTmp = e2; - else if (eTmp->OutIdx == e2->OutIdx) - eTmp = 0; - } - e2 = e2->PrevInAEL; - } - if (!eTmp) { - outrec->FirstLeft = 0; - outrec->IsHole = false; - } else { - outrec->FirstLeft = m_PolyOuts[eTmp->OutIdx]; - outrec->IsHole = !outrec->FirstLeft->IsHole; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutRec *GetLowermostRec(OutRec *outRec1, OutRec *outRec2) { - // work out which polygon fragment has the correct hole state ... - if (!outRec1->BottomPt) - outRec1->BottomPt = GetBottomPt(outRec1->Pts); - if (!outRec2->BottomPt) - outRec2->BottomPt = GetBottomPt(outRec2->Pts); - OutPt *OutPt1 = outRec1->BottomPt; - OutPt *OutPt2 = outRec2->BottomPt; - if (OutPt1->Pt.Y > OutPt2->Pt.Y) - return outRec1; - else if (OutPt1->Pt.Y < OutPt2->Pt.Y) - return outRec2; - else if (OutPt1->Pt.X < OutPt2->Pt.X) - return outRec1; - else if (OutPt1->Pt.X > OutPt2->Pt.X) - return outRec2; - else if (OutPt1->Next == OutPt1) - return outRec2; - else if (OutPt2->Next == OutPt2) - return outRec1; - else if (FirstIsBottomPt(OutPt1, OutPt2)) - return outRec1; - else - return outRec2; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(OutRec *outRec1, OutRec *outRec2) { - do { - outRec1 = outRec1->FirstLeft; - if (outRec1 == outRec2) - return true; - } while (outRec1); - return false; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutRec *Clipper::GetOutRec(int Idx) { - OutRec *outrec = m_PolyOuts[Idx]; - while (outrec != m_PolyOuts[outrec->Idx]) - outrec = m_PolyOuts[outrec->Idx]; - return outrec; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::AppendPolygon(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2) { - // get the start and ends of both output polygons ... - OutRec *outRec1 = m_PolyOuts[e1->OutIdx]; - OutRec *outRec2 = m_PolyOuts[e2->OutIdx]; - - OutRec *holeStateRec; - if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec1, outRec2)) - holeStateRec = outRec2; - else if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec2, outRec1)) - holeStateRec = outRec1; - else - holeStateRec = GetLowermostRec(outRec1, outRec2); - - // get the start and ends of both output polygons and - // join e2 poly onto e1 poly and delete pointers to e2 ... - - OutPt *p1_lft = outRec1->Pts; - OutPt *p1_rt = p1_lft->Prev; - OutPt *p2_lft = outRec2->Pts; - OutPt *p2_rt = p2_lft->Prev; - - // join e2 poly onto e1 poly and delete pointers to e2 ... - if (e1->Side == esLeft) { - if (e2->Side == esLeft) { - // z y x a b c - ReversePolyPtLinks(p2_lft); - p2_lft->Next = p1_lft; - p1_lft->Prev = p2_lft; - p1_rt->Next = p2_rt; - p2_rt->Prev = p1_rt; - outRec1->Pts = p2_rt; - } else { - // x y z a b c - p2_rt->Next = p1_lft; - p1_lft->Prev = p2_rt; - p2_lft->Prev = p1_rt; - p1_rt->Next = p2_lft; - outRec1->Pts = p2_lft; - } - } else { - if (e2->Side == esRight) { - // a b c z y x - ReversePolyPtLinks(p2_lft); - p1_rt->Next = p2_rt; - p2_rt->Prev = p1_rt; - p2_lft->Next = p1_lft; - p1_lft->Prev = p2_lft; - } else { - // a b c x y z - p1_rt->Next = p2_lft; - p2_lft->Prev = p1_rt; - p1_lft->Prev = p2_rt; - p2_rt->Next = p1_lft; - } - } - - outRec1->BottomPt = 0; - if (holeStateRec == outRec2) { - if (outRec2->FirstLeft != outRec1) - outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2->FirstLeft; - outRec1->IsHole = outRec2->IsHole; - } - outRec2->Pts = 0; - outRec2->BottomPt = 0; - outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1; - - int OKIdx = e1->OutIdx; - int ObsoleteIdx = e2->OutIdx; - - e1->OutIdx = - Unassigned; // nb: safe because we only get here via AddLocalMaxPoly - e2->OutIdx = Unassigned; - - TEdge *e = m_ActiveEdges; - while (e) { - if (e->OutIdx == ObsoleteIdx) { - e->OutIdx = OKIdx; - e->Side = e1->Side; - break; - } - e = e->NextInAEL; - } - - outRec2->Idx = outRec1->Idx; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutPt *Clipper::AddOutPt(TEdge *e, const IntPoint &pt) { - if (e->OutIdx < 0) { - OutRec *outRec = CreateOutRec(); - outRec->IsOpen = (e->WindDelta == 0); - OutPt *newOp = new OutPt; - outRec->Pts = newOp; - newOp->Idx = outRec->Idx; - newOp->Pt = pt; - newOp->Next = newOp; - newOp->Prev = newOp; - if (!outRec->IsOpen) - SetHoleState(e, outRec); - e->OutIdx = outRec->Idx; - return newOp; - } else { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[e->OutIdx]; - // OutRec.Pts is the 'Left-most' point & OutRec.Pts.Prev is the 'Right-most' - OutPt *op = outRec->Pts; - - bool ToFront = (e->Side == esLeft); - if (ToFront && (pt == op->Pt)) - return op; - else if (!ToFront && (pt == op->Prev->Pt)) - return op->Prev; - - OutPt *newOp = new OutPt; - newOp->Idx = outRec->Idx; - newOp->Pt = pt; - newOp->Next = op; - newOp->Prev = op->Prev; - newOp->Prev->Next = newOp; - op->Prev = newOp; - if (ToFront) - outRec->Pts = newOp; - return newOp; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutPt *Clipper::GetLastOutPt(TEdge *e) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[e->OutIdx]; - if (e->Side == esLeft) - return outRec->Pts; - else - return outRec->Pts->Prev; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::ProcessHorizontals() { - TEdge *horzEdge; - while (PopEdgeFromSEL(horzEdge)) - ProcessHorizontal(horzEdge); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline bool IsMinima(TEdge *e) { - return e && (e->Prev->NextInLML != e) && (e->Next->NextInLML != e); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline bool IsMaxima(TEdge *e, const cInt Y) { - return e && e->Top.Y == Y && !e->NextInLML; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline bool IsIntermediate(TEdge *e, const cInt Y) { - return e->Top.Y == Y && e->NextInLML; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TEdge *GetMaximaPair(TEdge *e) { - if ((e->Next->Top == e->Top) && !e->Next->NextInLML) - return e->Next; - else if ((e->Prev->Top == e->Top) && !e->Prev->NextInLML) - return e->Prev; - else - return 0; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TEdge *GetMaximaPairEx(TEdge *e) { - // as GetMaximaPair() but returns 0 if MaxPair isn't in AEL (unless it's - // horizontal) - TEdge *result = GetMaximaPair(e); - if (result && - (result->OutIdx == Skip || - (result->NextInAEL == result->PrevInAEL && !IsHorizontal(*result)))) - return 0; - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::SwapPositionsInSEL(TEdge *Edge1, TEdge *Edge2) { - if (!(Edge1->NextInSEL) && !(Edge1->PrevInSEL)) - return; - if (!(Edge2->NextInSEL) && !(Edge2->PrevInSEL)) - return; - - if (Edge1->NextInSEL == Edge2) { - TEdge *Next = Edge2->NextInSEL; - if (Next) - Next->PrevInSEL = Edge1; - TEdge *Prev = Edge1->PrevInSEL; - if (Prev) - Prev->NextInSEL = Edge2; - Edge2->PrevInSEL = Prev; - Edge2->NextInSEL = Edge1; - Edge1->PrevInSEL = Edge2; - Edge1->NextInSEL = Next; - } else if (Edge2->NextInSEL == Edge1) { - TEdge *Next = Edge1->NextInSEL; - if (Next) - Next->PrevInSEL = Edge2; - TEdge *Prev = Edge2->PrevInSEL; - if (Prev) - Prev->NextInSEL = Edge1; - Edge1->PrevInSEL = Prev; - Edge1->NextInSEL = Edge2; - Edge2->PrevInSEL = Edge1; - Edge2->NextInSEL = Next; - } else { - TEdge *Next = Edge1->NextInSEL; - TEdge *Prev = Edge1->PrevInSEL; - Edge1->NextInSEL = Edge2->NextInSEL; - if (Edge1->NextInSEL) - Edge1->NextInSEL->PrevInSEL = Edge1; - Edge1->PrevInSEL = Edge2->PrevInSEL; - if (Edge1->PrevInSEL) - Edge1->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = Edge1; - Edge2->NextInSEL = Next; - if (Edge2->NextInSEL) - Edge2->NextInSEL->PrevInSEL = Edge2; - Edge2->PrevInSEL = Prev; - if (Edge2->PrevInSEL) - Edge2->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = Edge2; - } - - if (!Edge1->PrevInSEL) - m_SortedEdges = Edge1; - else if (!Edge2->PrevInSEL) - m_SortedEdges = Edge2; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TEdge *GetNextInAEL(TEdge *e, Direction dir) { - return dir == dLeftToRight ? e->NextInAEL : e->PrevInAEL; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void GetHorzDirection(TEdge &HorzEdge, Direction &Dir, cInt &Left, - cInt &Right) { - if (HorzEdge.Bot.X < HorzEdge.Top.X) { - Left = HorzEdge.Bot.X; - Right = HorzEdge.Top.X; - Dir = dLeftToRight; - } else { - Left = HorzEdge.Top.X; - Right = HorzEdge.Bot.X; - Dir = dRightToLeft; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Notes: Horizontal edges (HEs) at scanline intersections (ie at the Top or * -* Bottom of a scanbeam) are processed as if layered. The order in which HEs * -* are processed doesn't matter. HEs intersect with other HE Bot.Xs only [#] * -* (or they could intersect with Top.Xs only, ie EITHER Bot.Xs OR Top.Xs), * -* and with other non-horizontal edges [*]. Once these intersections are * -* processed, intermediate HEs then 'promote' the Edge above (NextInLML) into * -* the AEL. These 'promoted' edges may in turn intersect [%] with other HEs. * -*******************************************************************************/ - -void Clipper::ProcessHorizontal(TEdge *horzEdge) { - Direction dir; - cInt horzLeft, horzRight; - bool IsOpen = (horzEdge->WindDelta == 0); - - GetHorzDirection(*horzEdge, dir, horzLeft, horzRight); - - TEdge *eLastHorz = horzEdge, *eMaxPair = 0; - while (eLastHorz->NextInLML && IsHorizontal(*eLastHorz->NextInLML)) - eLastHorz = eLastHorz->NextInLML; - if (!eLastHorz->NextInLML) - eMaxPair = GetMaximaPair(eLastHorz); - - MaximaList::const_iterator maxIt; - MaximaList::const_reverse_iterator maxRit; - if (m_Maxima.size() > 0) { - // get the first maxima in range (X) ... - if (dir == dLeftToRight) { - maxIt = m_Maxima.begin(); - while (maxIt != m_Maxima.end() && *maxIt <= horzEdge->Bot.X) - maxIt++; - if (maxIt != m_Maxima.end() && *maxIt >= eLastHorz->Top.X) - maxIt = m_Maxima.end(); - } else { - maxRit = m_Maxima.rbegin(); - while (maxRit != m_Maxima.rend() && *maxRit > horzEdge->Bot.X) - maxRit++; - if (maxRit != m_Maxima.rend() && *maxRit <= eLastHorz->Top.X) - maxRit = m_Maxima.rend(); - } - } - - OutPt *op1 = 0; - - for (;;) // loop through consec. horizontal edges - { - - bool IsLastHorz = (horzEdge == eLastHorz); - TEdge *e = GetNextInAEL(horzEdge, dir); - while (e) { - - // this code block inserts extra coords into horizontal edges (in output - // polygons) whereever maxima touch these horizontal edges. This helps - //'simplifying' polygons (ie if the Simplify property is set). - if (m_Maxima.size() > 0) { - if (dir == dLeftToRight) { - while (maxIt != m_Maxima.end() && *maxIt < e->Curr.X) { - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !IsOpen) - AddOutPt(horzEdge, IntPoint(*maxIt, horzEdge->Bot.Y)); - maxIt++; - } - } else { - while (maxRit != m_Maxima.rend() && *maxRit > e->Curr.X) { - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !IsOpen) - AddOutPt(horzEdge, IntPoint(*maxRit, horzEdge->Bot.Y)); - maxRit++; - } - } - }; - - if ((dir == dLeftToRight && e->Curr.X > horzRight) || - (dir == dRightToLeft && e->Curr.X < horzLeft)) - break; - - // Also break if we've got to the end of an intermediate horizontal edge - // ... - // nb: Smaller Dx's are to the right of larger Dx's ABOVE the horizontal. - if (e->Curr.X == horzEdge->Top.X && horzEdge->NextInLML && - e->Dx < horzEdge->NextInLML->Dx) - break; - - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !IsOpen) // note: may be done multiple times - { -#ifdef use_xyz - if (dir == dLeftToRight) - SetZ(e->Curr, *horzEdge, *e); - else - SetZ(e->Curr, *e, *horzEdge); -#endif - op1 = AddOutPt(horzEdge, e->Curr); - TEdge *eNextHorz = m_SortedEdges; - while (eNextHorz) { - if (eNextHorz->OutIdx >= 0 && - HorzSegmentsOverlap(horzEdge->Bot.X, horzEdge->Top.X, - eNextHorz->Bot.X, eNextHorz->Top.X)) { - OutPt *op2 = GetLastOutPt(eNextHorz); - AddJoin(op2, op1, eNextHorz->Top); - } - eNextHorz = eNextHorz->NextInSEL; - } - AddGhostJoin(op1, horzEdge->Bot); - } - - // OK, so far we're still in range of the horizontal Edge but make sure - // we're at the last of consec. horizontals when matching with eMaxPair - if (e == eMaxPair && IsLastHorz) { - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) - AddLocalMaxPoly(horzEdge, eMaxPair, horzEdge->Top); - DeleteFromAEL(horzEdge); - DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair); - return; - } - - if (dir == dLeftToRight) { - IntPoint Pt = IntPoint(e->Curr.X, horzEdge->Curr.Y); - IntersectEdges(horzEdge, e, Pt); - } else { - IntPoint Pt = IntPoint(e->Curr.X, horzEdge->Curr.Y); - IntersectEdges(e, horzEdge, Pt); - } - TEdge *eNext = GetNextInAEL(e, dir); - SwapPositionsInAEL(horzEdge, e); - e = eNext; - } // end while(e) - - // Break out of loop if HorzEdge.NextInLML is not also horizontal ... - if (!horzEdge->NextInLML || !IsHorizontal(*horzEdge->NextInLML)) - break; - - UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge); - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) - AddOutPt(horzEdge, horzEdge->Bot); - GetHorzDirection(*horzEdge, dir, horzLeft, horzRight); - - } // end for (;;) - - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !op1) { - op1 = GetLastOutPt(horzEdge); - TEdge *eNextHorz = m_SortedEdges; - while (eNextHorz) { - if (eNextHorz->OutIdx >= 0 && - HorzSegmentsOverlap(horzEdge->Bot.X, horzEdge->Top.X, - eNextHorz->Bot.X, eNextHorz->Top.X)) { - OutPt *op2 = GetLastOutPt(eNextHorz); - AddJoin(op2, op1, eNextHorz->Top); - } - eNextHorz = eNextHorz->NextInSEL; - } - AddGhostJoin(op1, horzEdge->Top); - } - - if (horzEdge->NextInLML) { - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) { - op1 = AddOutPt(horzEdge, horzEdge->Top); - UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge); - if (horzEdge->WindDelta == 0) - return; - // nb: HorzEdge is no longer horizontal here - TEdge *ePrev = horzEdge->PrevInAEL; - TEdge *eNext = horzEdge->NextInAEL; - if (ePrev && ePrev->Curr.X == horzEdge->Bot.X && - ePrev->Curr.Y == horzEdge->Bot.Y && ePrev->WindDelta != 0 && - (ePrev->OutIdx >= 0 && ePrev->Curr.Y > ePrev->Top.Y && - SlopesEqual(*horzEdge, *ePrev, m_UseFullRange))) { - OutPt *op2 = AddOutPt(ePrev, horzEdge->Bot); - AddJoin(op1, op2, horzEdge->Top); - } else if (eNext && eNext->Curr.X == horzEdge->Bot.X && - eNext->Curr.Y == horzEdge->Bot.Y && eNext->WindDelta != 0 && - eNext->OutIdx >= 0 && eNext->Curr.Y > eNext->Top.Y && - SlopesEqual(*horzEdge, *eNext, m_UseFullRange)) { - OutPt *op2 = AddOutPt(eNext, horzEdge->Bot); - AddJoin(op1, op2, horzEdge->Top); - } - } else - UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge); - } else { - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) - AddOutPt(horzEdge, horzEdge->Top); - DeleteFromAEL(horzEdge); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::ProcessIntersections(const cInt topY) { - if (!m_ActiveEdges) - return true; - try { - BuildIntersectList(topY); - size_t IlSize = m_IntersectList.size(); - if (IlSize == 0) - return true; - if (IlSize == 1 || FixupIntersectionOrder()) - ProcessIntersectList(); - else - return false; - } catch (...) { - m_SortedEdges = 0; - DisposeIntersectNodes(); - throw clipperException("ProcessIntersections error"); - } - m_SortedEdges = 0; - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::DisposeIntersectNodes() { - for (size_t i = 0; i < m_IntersectList.size(); ++i) - delete m_IntersectList[i]; - m_IntersectList.clear(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::BuildIntersectList(const cInt topY) { - if (!m_ActiveEdges) - return; - - // prepare for sorting ... - TEdge *e = m_ActiveEdges; - m_SortedEdges = e; - while (e) { - e->PrevInSEL = e->PrevInAEL; - e->NextInSEL = e->NextInAEL; - e->Curr.X = TopX(*e, topY); - e = e->NextInAEL; - } - - // bubblesort ... - bool isModified; - do { - isModified = false; - e = m_SortedEdges; - while (e->NextInSEL) { - TEdge *eNext = e->NextInSEL; - IntPoint Pt; - if (e->Curr.X > eNext->Curr.X) { - IntersectPoint(*e, *eNext, Pt); - if (Pt.Y < topY) - Pt = IntPoint(TopX(*e, topY), topY); - IntersectNode *newNode = new IntersectNode; - newNode->Edge1 = e; - newNode->Edge2 = eNext; - newNode->Pt = Pt; - m_IntersectList.push_back(newNode); - - SwapPositionsInSEL(e, eNext); - isModified = true; - } else - e = eNext; - } - if (e->PrevInSEL) - e->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = 0; - else - break; - } while (isModified); - m_SortedEdges = 0; // important -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::ProcessIntersectList() { - for (size_t i = 0; i < m_IntersectList.size(); ++i) { - IntersectNode *iNode = m_IntersectList[i]; - { - IntersectEdges(iNode->Edge1, iNode->Edge2, iNode->Pt); - SwapPositionsInAEL(iNode->Edge1, iNode->Edge2); - } - delete iNode; - } - m_IntersectList.clear(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool IntersectListSort(IntersectNode *node1, IntersectNode *node2) { - return node2->Pt.Y < node1->Pt.Y; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline bool EdgesAdjacent(const IntersectNode &inode) { - return (inode.Edge1->NextInSEL == inode.Edge2) || - (inode.Edge1->PrevInSEL == inode.Edge2); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::FixupIntersectionOrder() { - // pre-condition: intersections are sorted Bottom-most first. - // Now it's crucial that intersections are made only between adjacent edges, - // so to ensure this the order of intersections may need adjusting ... - CopyAELToSEL(); - std::sort(m_IntersectList.begin(), m_IntersectList.end(), IntersectListSort); - size_t cnt = m_IntersectList.size(); - for (size_t i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) { - if (!EdgesAdjacent(*m_IntersectList[i])) { - size_t j = i + 1; - while (j < cnt && !EdgesAdjacent(*m_IntersectList[j])) - j++; - if (j == cnt) - return false; - std::swap(m_IntersectList[i], m_IntersectList[j]); - } - SwapPositionsInSEL(m_IntersectList[i]->Edge1, m_IntersectList[i]->Edge2); - } - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::DoMaxima(TEdge *e) { - TEdge *eMaxPair = GetMaximaPairEx(e); - if (!eMaxPair) { - if (e->OutIdx >= 0) - AddOutPt(e, e->Top); - DeleteFromAEL(e); - return; - } - - TEdge *eNext = e->NextInAEL; - while (eNext && eNext != eMaxPair) { - IntersectEdges(e, eNext, e->Top); - SwapPositionsInAEL(e, eNext); - eNext = e->NextInAEL; - } - - if (e->OutIdx == Unassigned && eMaxPair->OutIdx == Unassigned) { - DeleteFromAEL(e); - DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair); - } else if (e->OutIdx >= 0 && eMaxPair->OutIdx >= 0) { - if (e->OutIdx >= 0) - AddLocalMaxPoly(e, eMaxPair, e->Top); - DeleteFromAEL(e); - DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair); - } -#ifdef use_lines - else if (e->WindDelta == 0) { - if (e->OutIdx >= 0) { - AddOutPt(e, e->Top); - e->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - DeleteFromAEL(e); - - if (eMaxPair->OutIdx >= 0) { - AddOutPt(eMaxPair, e->Top); - eMaxPair->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair); - } -#endif - else - throw clipperException("DoMaxima error"); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::ProcessEdgesAtTopOfScanbeam(const cInt topY) { - TEdge *e = m_ActiveEdges; - while (e) { - // 1. process maxima, treating them as if they're 'bent' horizontal edges, - // but exclude maxima with horizontal edges. nb: e can't be a horizontal. - bool IsMaximaEdge = IsMaxima(e, topY); - - if (IsMaximaEdge) { - TEdge *eMaxPair = GetMaximaPairEx(e); - IsMaximaEdge = (!eMaxPair || !IsHorizontal(*eMaxPair)); - } - - if (IsMaximaEdge) { - if (m_StrictSimple) - m_Maxima.push_back(e->Top.X); - TEdge *ePrev = e->PrevInAEL; - DoMaxima(e); - if (!ePrev) - e = m_ActiveEdges; - else - e = ePrev->NextInAEL; - } else { - // 2. promote horizontal edges, otherwise update Curr.X and Curr.Y ... - if (IsIntermediate(e, topY) && IsHorizontal(*e->NextInLML)) { - UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(e); - if (e->OutIdx >= 0) - AddOutPt(e, e->Bot); - AddEdgeToSEL(e); - } else { - e->Curr.X = TopX(*e, topY); - e->Curr.Y = topY; -#ifdef use_xyz - e->Curr.Z = - topY == e->Top.Y ? e->Top.Z : (topY == e->Bot.Y ? e->Bot.Z : 0); -#endif - } - - // When StrictlySimple and 'e' is being touched by another edge, then - // make sure both edges have a vertex here ... - if (m_StrictSimple) { - TEdge *ePrev = e->PrevInAEL; - if ((e->OutIdx >= 0) && (e->WindDelta != 0) && ePrev && - (ePrev->OutIdx >= 0) && (ePrev->Curr.X == e->Curr.X) && - (ePrev->WindDelta != 0)) { - IntPoint pt = e->Curr; -#ifdef use_xyz - SetZ(pt, *ePrev, *e); -#endif - OutPt *op = AddOutPt(ePrev, pt); - OutPt *op2 = AddOutPt(e, pt); - AddJoin(op, op2, pt); // StrictlySimple (type-3) join - } - } - - e = e->NextInAEL; - } - } - - // 3. Process horizontals at the Top of the scanbeam ... - m_Maxima.sort(); - ProcessHorizontals(); - m_Maxima.clear(); - - // 4. Promote intermediate vertices ... - e = m_ActiveEdges; - while (e) { - if (IsIntermediate(e, topY)) { - OutPt *op = 0; - if (e->OutIdx >= 0) - op = AddOutPt(e, e->Top); - UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(e); - - // if output polygons share an edge, they'll need joining later ... - TEdge *ePrev = e->PrevInAEL; - TEdge *eNext = e->NextInAEL; - if (ePrev && ePrev->Curr.X == e->Bot.X && ePrev->Curr.Y == e->Bot.Y && - op && ePrev->OutIdx >= 0 && ePrev->Curr.Y > ePrev->Top.Y && - SlopesEqual(e->Curr, e->Top, ePrev->Curr, ePrev->Top, - m_UseFullRange) && - (e->WindDelta != 0) && (ePrev->WindDelta != 0)) { - OutPt *op2 = AddOutPt(ePrev, e->Bot); - AddJoin(op, op2, e->Top); - } else if (eNext && eNext->Curr.X == e->Bot.X && - eNext->Curr.Y == e->Bot.Y && op && eNext->OutIdx >= 0 && - eNext->Curr.Y > eNext->Top.Y && - SlopesEqual(e->Curr, e->Top, eNext->Curr, eNext->Top, - m_UseFullRange) && - (e->WindDelta != 0) && (eNext->WindDelta != 0)) { - OutPt *op2 = AddOutPt(eNext, e->Bot); - AddJoin(op, op2, e->Top); - } - } - e = e->NextInAEL; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::FixupOutPolyline(OutRec &outrec) { - OutPt *pp = outrec.Pts; - OutPt *lastPP = pp->Prev; - while (pp != lastPP) { - pp = pp->Next; - if (pp->Pt == pp->Prev->Pt) { - if (pp == lastPP) - lastPP = pp->Prev; - OutPt *tmpPP = pp->Prev; - tmpPP->Next = pp->Next; - pp->Next->Prev = tmpPP; - delete pp; - pp = tmpPP; - } - } - - if (pp == pp->Prev) { - DisposeOutPts(pp); - outrec.Pts = 0; - return; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::FixupOutPolygon(OutRec &outrec) { - // FixupOutPolygon() - removes duplicate points and simplifies consecutive - // parallel edges by removing the middle vertex. - OutPt *lastOK = 0; - outrec.BottomPt = 0; - OutPt *pp = outrec.Pts; - bool preserveCol = m_PreserveCollinear || m_StrictSimple; - - for (;;) { - if (pp->Prev == pp || pp->Prev == pp->Next) { - DisposeOutPts(pp); - outrec.Pts = 0; - return; - } - - // test for duplicate points and collinear edges ... - if ((pp->Pt == pp->Next->Pt) || (pp->Pt == pp->Prev->Pt) || - (SlopesEqual(pp->Prev->Pt, pp->Pt, pp->Next->Pt, m_UseFullRange) && - (!preserveCol || - !Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(pp->Prev->Pt, pp->Pt, pp->Next->Pt)))) { - lastOK = 0; - OutPt *tmp = pp; - pp->Prev->Next = pp->Next; - pp->Next->Prev = pp->Prev; - pp = pp->Prev; - delete tmp; - } else if (pp == lastOK) - break; - else { - if (!lastOK) - lastOK = pp; - pp = pp->Next; - } - } - outrec.Pts = pp; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -int PointCount(OutPt *Pts) { - if (!Pts) - return 0; - int result = 0; - OutPt *p = Pts; - do { - result++; - p = p->Next; - } while (p != Pts); - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::BuildResult(Paths &polys) { - polys.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size()); - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { - if (!m_PolyOuts[i]->Pts) - continue; - Path pg; - OutPt *p = m_PolyOuts[i]->Pts->Prev; - int cnt = PointCount(p); - if (cnt < 2) - continue; - pg.reserve(cnt); - for (int i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) { - pg.push_back(p->Pt); - p = p->Prev; - } - polys.push_back(pg); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::BuildResult2(PolyTree &polytree) { - polytree.Clear(); - polytree.AllNodes.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size()); - // add each output polygon/contour to polytree ... - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); i++) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - int cnt = PointCount(outRec->Pts); - if ((outRec->IsOpen && cnt < 2) || (!outRec->IsOpen && cnt < 3)) - continue; - FixHoleLinkage(*outRec); - PolyNode *pn = new PolyNode(); - // nb: polytree takes ownership of all the PolyNodes - polytree.AllNodes.push_back(pn); - outRec->PolyNd = pn; - pn->Parent = 0; - pn->Index = 0; - pn->Contour.reserve(cnt); - OutPt *op = outRec->Pts->Prev; - for (int j = 0; j < cnt; j++) { - pn->Contour.push_back(op->Pt); - op = op->Prev; - } - } - - // fixup PolyNode links etc ... - polytree.Childs.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size()); - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); i++) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - if (!outRec->PolyNd) - continue; - if (outRec->IsOpen) { - outRec->PolyNd->m_IsOpen = true; - polytree.AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd); - } else if (outRec->FirstLeft && outRec->FirstLeft->PolyNd) - outRec->FirstLeft->PolyNd->AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd); - else - polytree.AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void SwapIntersectNodes(IntersectNode &int1, IntersectNode &int2) { - // just swap the contents (because fIntersectNodes is a single-linked-list) - IntersectNode inode = int1; // gets a copy of Int1 - int1.Edge1 = int2.Edge1; - int1.Edge2 = int2.Edge2; - int1.Pt = int2.Pt; - int2.Edge1 = inode.Edge1; - int2.Edge2 = inode.Edge2; - int2.Pt = inode.Pt; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline bool E2InsertsBeforeE1(TEdge &e1, TEdge &e2) { - if (e2.Curr.X == e1.Curr.X) { - if (e2.Top.Y > e1.Top.Y) - return e2.Top.X < TopX(e1, e2.Top.Y); - else - return e1.Top.X > TopX(e2, e1.Top.Y); - } else - return e2.Curr.X < e1.Curr.X; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool GetOverlap(const cInt a1, const cInt a2, const cInt b1, const cInt b2, - cInt &Left, cInt &Right) { - if (a1 < a2) { - if (b1 < b2) { - Left = std::max(a1, b1); - Right = std::min(a2, b2); - } else { - Left = std::max(a1, b2); - Right = std::min(a2, b1); - } - } else { - if (b1 < b2) { - Left = std::max(a2, b1); - Right = std::min(a1, b2); - } else { - Left = std::max(a2, b2); - Right = std::min(a1, b1); - } - } - return Left < Right; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline void UpdateOutPtIdxs(OutRec &outrec) { - OutPt *op = outrec.Pts; - do { - op->Idx = outrec.Idx; - op = op->Prev; - } while (op != outrec.Pts); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::InsertEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *edge, TEdge *startEdge) { - if (!m_ActiveEdges) { - edge->PrevInAEL = 0; - edge->NextInAEL = 0; - m_ActiveEdges = edge; - } else if (!startEdge && E2InsertsBeforeE1(*m_ActiveEdges, *edge)) { - edge->PrevInAEL = 0; - edge->NextInAEL = m_ActiveEdges; - m_ActiveEdges->PrevInAEL = edge; - m_ActiveEdges = edge; - } else { - if (!startEdge) - startEdge = m_ActiveEdges; - while (startEdge->NextInAEL && - !E2InsertsBeforeE1(*startEdge->NextInAEL, *edge)) - startEdge = startEdge->NextInAEL; - edge->NextInAEL = startEdge->NextInAEL; - if (startEdge->NextInAEL) - startEdge->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = edge; - edge->PrevInAEL = startEdge; - startEdge->NextInAEL = edge; - } -} -//---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -OutPt *DupOutPt(OutPt *outPt, bool InsertAfter) { - OutPt *result = new OutPt; - result->Pt = outPt->Pt; - result->Idx = outPt->Idx; - if (InsertAfter) { - result->Next = outPt->Next; - result->Prev = outPt; - outPt->Next->Prev = result; - outPt->Next = result; - } else { - result->Prev = outPt->Prev; - result->Next = outPt; - outPt->Prev->Next = result; - outPt->Prev = result; - } - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool JoinHorz(OutPt *op1, OutPt *op1b, OutPt *op2, OutPt *op2b, - const IntPoint Pt, bool DiscardLeft) { - Direction Dir1 = (op1->Pt.X > op1b->Pt.X ? dRightToLeft : dLeftToRight); - Direction Dir2 = (op2->Pt.X > op2b->Pt.X ? dRightToLeft : dLeftToRight); - if (Dir1 == Dir2) - return false; - - // When DiscardLeft, we want Op1b to be on the Left of Op1, otherwise we - // want Op1b to be on the Right. (And likewise with Op2 and Op2b.) - // So, to facilitate this while inserting Op1b and Op2b ... - // when DiscardLeft, make sure we're AT or RIGHT of Pt before adding Op1b, - // otherwise make sure we're AT or LEFT of Pt. (Likewise with Op2b.) - if (Dir1 == dLeftToRight) { - while (op1->Next->Pt.X <= Pt.X && op1->Next->Pt.X >= op1->Pt.X && - op1->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) - op1 = op1->Next; - if (DiscardLeft && (op1->Pt.X != Pt.X)) - op1 = op1->Next; - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, !DiscardLeft); - if (op1b->Pt != Pt) { - op1 = op1b; - op1->Pt = Pt; - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, !DiscardLeft); - } - } else { - while (op1->Next->Pt.X >= Pt.X && op1->Next->Pt.X <= op1->Pt.X && - op1->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) - op1 = op1->Next; - if (!DiscardLeft && (op1->Pt.X != Pt.X)) - op1 = op1->Next; - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, DiscardLeft); - if (op1b->Pt != Pt) { - op1 = op1b; - op1->Pt = Pt; - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, DiscardLeft); - } - } - - if (Dir2 == dLeftToRight) { - while (op2->Next->Pt.X <= Pt.X && op2->Next->Pt.X >= op2->Pt.X && - op2->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) - op2 = op2->Next; - if (DiscardLeft && (op2->Pt.X != Pt.X)) - op2 = op2->Next; - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, !DiscardLeft); - if (op2b->Pt != Pt) { - op2 = op2b; - op2->Pt = Pt; - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, !DiscardLeft); - }; - } else { - while (op2->Next->Pt.X >= Pt.X && op2->Next->Pt.X <= op2->Pt.X && - op2->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) - op2 = op2->Next; - if (!DiscardLeft && (op2->Pt.X != Pt.X)) - op2 = op2->Next; - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, DiscardLeft); - if (op2b->Pt != Pt) { - op2 = op2b; - op2->Pt = Pt; - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, DiscardLeft); - }; - }; - - if ((Dir1 == dLeftToRight) == DiscardLeft) { - op1->Prev = op2; - op2->Next = op1; - op1b->Next = op2b; - op2b->Prev = op1b; - } else { - op1->Next = op2; - op2->Prev = op1; - op1b->Prev = op2b; - op2b->Next = op1b; - } - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::JoinPoints(Join *j, OutRec *outRec1, OutRec *outRec2) { - OutPt *op1 = j->OutPt1, *op1b; - OutPt *op2 = j->OutPt2, *op2b; - - // There are 3 kinds of joins for output polygons ... - // 1. Horizontal joins where Join.OutPt1 & Join.OutPt2 are vertices anywhere - // along (horizontal) collinear edges (& Join.OffPt is on the same - // horizontal). - // 2. Non-horizontal joins where Join.OutPt1 & Join.OutPt2 are at the same - // location at the Bottom of the overlapping segment (& Join.OffPt is above). - // 3. StrictSimple joins where edges touch but are not collinear and where - // Join.OutPt1, Join.OutPt2 & Join.OffPt all share the same point. - bool isHorizontal = (j->OutPt1->Pt.Y == j->OffPt.Y); - - if (isHorizontal && (j->OffPt == j->OutPt1->Pt) && - (j->OffPt == j->OutPt2->Pt)) { - // Strictly Simple join ... - if (outRec1 != outRec2) - return false; - op1b = j->OutPt1->Next; - while (op1b != op1 && (op1b->Pt == j->OffPt)) - op1b = op1b->Next; - bool reverse1 = (op1b->Pt.Y > j->OffPt.Y); - op2b = j->OutPt2->Next; - while (op2b != op2 && (op2b->Pt == j->OffPt)) - op2b = op2b->Next; - bool reverse2 = (op2b->Pt.Y > j->OffPt.Y); - if (reverse1 == reverse2) - return false; - if (reverse1) { - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, false); - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, true); - op1->Prev = op2; - op2->Next = op1; - op1b->Next = op2b; - op2b->Prev = op1b; - j->OutPt1 = op1; - j->OutPt2 = op1b; - return true; - } else { - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, true); - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, false); - op1->Next = op2; - op2->Prev = op1; - op1b->Prev = op2b; - op2b->Next = op1b; - j->OutPt1 = op1; - j->OutPt2 = op1b; - return true; - } - } else if (isHorizontal) { - // treat horizontal joins differently to non-horizontal joins since with - // them we're not yet sure where the overlapping is. OutPt1.Pt & OutPt2.Pt - // may be anywhere along the horizontal edge. - op1b = op1; - while (op1->Prev->Pt.Y == op1->Pt.Y && op1->Prev != op1b && - op1->Prev != op2) - op1 = op1->Prev; - while (op1b->Next->Pt.Y == op1b->Pt.Y && op1b->Next != op1 && - op1b->Next != op2) - op1b = op1b->Next; - if (op1b->Next == op1 || op1b->Next == op2) - return false; // a flat 'polygon' - - op2b = op2; - while (op2->Prev->Pt.Y == op2->Pt.Y && op2->Prev != op2b && - op2->Prev != op1b) - op2 = op2->Prev; - while (op2b->Next->Pt.Y == op2b->Pt.Y && op2b->Next != op2 && - op2b->Next != op1) - op2b = op2b->Next; - if (op2b->Next == op2 || op2b->Next == op1) - return false; // a flat 'polygon' - - cInt Left, Right; - // Op1 --> Op1b & Op2 --> Op2b are the extremites of the horizontal edges - if (!GetOverlap(op1->Pt.X, op1b->Pt.X, op2->Pt.X, op2b->Pt.X, Left, Right)) - return false; - - // DiscardLeftSide: when overlapping edges are joined, a spike will created - // which needs to be cleaned up. However, we don't want Op1 or Op2 caught up - // on the discard Side as either may still be needed for other joins ... - IntPoint Pt; - bool DiscardLeftSide; - if (op1->Pt.X >= Left && op1->Pt.X <= Right) { - Pt = op1->Pt; - DiscardLeftSide = (op1->Pt.X > op1b->Pt.X); - } else if (op2->Pt.X >= Left && op2->Pt.X <= Right) { - Pt = op2->Pt; - DiscardLeftSide = (op2->Pt.X > op2b->Pt.X); - } else if (op1b->Pt.X >= Left && op1b->Pt.X <= Right) { - Pt = op1b->Pt; - DiscardLeftSide = op1b->Pt.X > op1->Pt.X; - } else { - Pt = op2b->Pt; - DiscardLeftSide = (op2b->Pt.X > op2->Pt.X); - } - j->OutPt1 = op1; - j->OutPt2 = op2; - return JoinHorz(op1, op1b, op2, op2b, Pt, DiscardLeftSide); - } else { - // nb: For non-horizontal joins ... - // 1. Jr.OutPt1.Pt.Y == Jr.OutPt2.Pt.Y - // 2. Jr.OutPt1.Pt > Jr.OffPt.Y - - // make sure the polygons are correctly oriented ... - op1b = op1->Next; - while ((op1b->Pt == op1->Pt) && (op1b != op1)) - op1b = op1b->Next; - bool Reverse1 = ((op1b->Pt.Y > op1->Pt.Y) || - !SlopesEqual(op1->Pt, op1b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)); - if (Reverse1) { - op1b = op1->Prev; - while ((op1b->Pt == op1->Pt) && (op1b != op1)) - op1b = op1b->Prev; - if ((op1b->Pt.Y > op1->Pt.Y) || - !SlopesEqual(op1->Pt, op1b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)) - return false; - }; - op2b = op2->Next; - while ((op2b->Pt == op2->Pt) && (op2b != op2)) - op2b = op2b->Next; - bool Reverse2 = ((op2b->Pt.Y > op2->Pt.Y) || - !SlopesEqual(op2->Pt, op2b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)); - if (Reverse2) { - op2b = op2->Prev; - while ((op2b->Pt == op2->Pt) && (op2b != op2)) - op2b = op2b->Prev; - if ((op2b->Pt.Y > op2->Pt.Y) || - !SlopesEqual(op2->Pt, op2b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)) - return false; - } - - if ((op1b == op1) || (op2b == op2) || (op1b == op2b) || - ((outRec1 == outRec2) && (Reverse1 == Reverse2))) - return false; - - if (Reverse1) { - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, false); - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, true); - op1->Prev = op2; - op2->Next = op1; - op1b->Next = op2b; - op2b->Prev = op1b; - j->OutPt1 = op1; - j->OutPt2 = op1b; - return true; - } else { - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, true); - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, false); - op1->Next = op2; - op2->Prev = op1; - op1b->Prev = op2b; - op2b->Next = op1b; - j->OutPt1 = op1; - j->OutPt2 = op1b; - return true; - } - } -} -//---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -static OutRec *ParseFirstLeft(OutRec *FirstLeft) { - while (FirstLeft && !FirstLeft->Pts) - FirstLeft = FirstLeft->FirstLeft; - return FirstLeft; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts1(OutRec *OldOutRec, OutRec *NewOutRec) { - // tests if NewOutRec contains the polygon before reassigning FirstLeft - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - OutRec *firstLeft = ParseFirstLeft(outRec->FirstLeft); - if (outRec->Pts && firstLeft == OldOutRec) { - if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec->Pts, NewOutRec->Pts)) - outRec->FirstLeft = NewOutRec; - } - } -} -//---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts2(OutRec *InnerOutRec, OutRec *OuterOutRec) { - // A polygon has split into two such that one is now the inner of the other. - // It's possible that these polygons now wrap around other polygons, so check - // every polygon that's also contained by OuterOutRec's FirstLeft container - //(including 0) to see if they've become inner to the new inner polygon ... - OutRec *orfl = OuterOutRec->FirstLeft; - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - - if (!outRec->Pts || outRec == OuterOutRec || outRec == InnerOutRec) - continue; - OutRec *firstLeft = ParseFirstLeft(outRec->FirstLeft); - if (firstLeft != orfl && firstLeft != InnerOutRec && - firstLeft != OuterOutRec) - continue; - if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec->Pts, InnerOutRec->Pts)) - outRec->FirstLeft = InnerOutRec; - else if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec->Pts, OuterOutRec->Pts)) - outRec->FirstLeft = OuterOutRec; - else if (outRec->FirstLeft == InnerOutRec || - outRec->FirstLeft == OuterOutRec) - outRec->FirstLeft = orfl; - } -} -//---------------------------------------------------------------------- -void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts3(OutRec *OldOutRec, OutRec *NewOutRec) { - // reassigns FirstLeft WITHOUT testing if NewOutRec contains the polygon - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - OutRec *firstLeft = ParseFirstLeft(outRec->FirstLeft); - if (outRec->Pts && firstLeft == OldOutRec) - outRec->FirstLeft = NewOutRec; - } -} -//---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -void Clipper::JoinCommonEdges() { - for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_Joins.size(); i++) { - Join *join = m_Joins[i]; - - OutRec *outRec1 = GetOutRec(join->OutPt1->Idx); - OutRec *outRec2 = GetOutRec(join->OutPt2->Idx); - - if (!outRec1->Pts || !outRec2->Pts) - continue; - if (outRec1->IsOpen || outRec2->IsOpen) - continue; - - // get the polygon fragment with the correct hole state (FirstLeft) - // before calling JoinPoints() ... - OutRec *holeStateRec; - if (outRec1 == outRec2) - holeStateRec = outRec1; - else if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec1, outRec2)) - holeStateRec = outRec2; - else if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec2, outRec1)) - holeStateRec = outRec1; - else - holeStateRec = GetLowermostRec(outRec1, outRec2); - - if (!JoinPoints(join, outRec1, outRec2)) - continue; - - if (outRec1 == outRec2) { - // instead of joining two polygons, we've just created a new one by - // splitting one polygon into two. - outRec1->Pts = join->OutPt1; - outRec1->BottomPt = 0; - outRec2 = CreateOutRec(); - outRec2->Pts = join->OutPt2; - - // update all OutRec2.Pts Idx's ... - UpdateOutPtIdxs(*outRec2); - - if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec2->Pts, outRec1->Pts)) { - // outRec1 contains outRec2 ... - outRec2->IsHole = !outRec1->IsHole; - outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1; - - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts2(outRec2, outRec1); - - if ((outRec2->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec2) > 0)) - ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec2->Pts); - - } else if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec1->Pts, outRec2->Pts)) { - // outRec2 contains outRec1 ... - outRec2->IsHole = outRec1->IsHole; - outRec1->IsHole = !outRec2->IsHole; - outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1->FirstLeft; - outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2; - - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts2(outRec1, outRec2); - - if ((outRec1->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec1) > 0)) - ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec1->Pts); - } else { - // the 2 polygons are completely separate ... - outRec2->IsHole = outRec1->IsHole; - outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1->FirstLeft; - - // fixup FirstLeft pointers that may need reassigning to OutRec2 - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts1(outRec1, outRec2); - } - - } else { - // joined 2 polygons together ... - - outRec2->Pts = 0; - outRec2->BottomPt = 0; - outRec2->Idx = outRec1->Idx; - - outRec1->IsHole = holeStateRec->IsHole; - if (holeStateRec == outRec2) - outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2->FirstLeft; - outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1; - - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts3(outRec2, outRec1); - } - } -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// ClipperOffset support functions ... -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -DoublePoint GetUnitNormal(const IntPoint &pt1, const IntPoint &pt2) { - if (pt2.X == pt1.X && pt2.Y == pt1.Y) - return DoublePoint(0, 0); - - double Dx = (double)(pt2.X - pt1.X); - double dy = (double)(pt2.Y - pt1.Y); - double f = 1 * 1.0 / std::sqrt(Dx * Dx + dy * dy); - Dx *= f; - dy *= f; - return DoublePoint(dy, -Dx); -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// ClipperOffset class -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -ClipperOffset::ClipperOffset(double miterLimit, double arcTolerance) { - this->MiterLimit = miterLimit; - this->ArcTolerance = arcTolerance; - m_lowest.X = -1; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -ClipperOffset::~ClipperOffset() { Clear(); } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::Clear() { - for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i) - delete m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; - m_polyNodes.Childs.clear(); - m_lowest.X = -1; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::AddPath(const Path &path, JoinType joinType, - EndType endType) { - int highI = (int)path.size() - 1; - if (highI < 0) - return; - PolyNode *newNode = new PolyNode(); - newNode->m_jointype = joinType; - newNode->m_endtype = endType; - - // strip duplicate points from path and also get index to the lowest point ... - if (endType == etClosedLine || endType == etClosedPolygon) - while (highI > 0 && path[0] == path[highI]) - highI--; - newNode->Contour.reserve(highI + 1); - newNode->Contour.push_back(path[0]); - int j = 0, k = 0; - for (int i = 1; i <= highI; i++) - if (newNode->Contour[j] != path[i]) { - j++; - newNode->Contour.push_back(path[i]); - if (path[i].Y > newNode->Contour[k].Y || - (path[i].Y == newNode->Contour[k].Y && - path[i].X < newNode->Contour[k].X)) - k = j; - } - if (endType == etClosedPolygon && j < 2) { - delete newNode; - return; - } - m_polyNodes.AddChild(*newNode); - - // if this path's lowest pt is lower than all the others then update m_lowest - if (endType != etClosedPolygon) - return; - if (m_lowest.X < 0) - m_lowest = IntPoint(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() - 1, k); - else { - IntPoint ip = m_polyNodes.Childs[(int)m_lowest.X]->Contour[(int)m_lowest.Y]; - if (newNode->Contour[k].Y > ip.Y || - (newNode->Contour[k].Y == ip.Y && newNode->Contour[k].X < ip.X)) - m_lowest = IntPoint(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() - 1, k); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::AddPaths(const Paths &paths, JoinType joinType, - EndType endType) { - for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < paths.size(); ++i) - AddPath(paths[i], joinType, endType); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::FixOrientations() { - // fixup orientations of all closed paths if the orientation of the - // closed path with the lowermost vertex is wrong ... - if (m_lowest.X >= 0 && - !Orientation(m_polyNodes.Childs[(int)m_lowest.X]->Contour)) { - for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i) { - PolyNode &node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; - if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon || - (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine && Orientation(node.Contour))) - ReversePath(node.Contour); - } - } else { - for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i) { - PolyNode &node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; - if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine && !Orientation(node.Contour)) - ReversePath(node.Contour); - } - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::Execute(Paths &solution, double delta) { - solution.clear(); - FixOrientations(); - DoOffset(delta); - - // now clean up 'corners' ... - Clipper clpr; - clpr.AddPaths(m_destPolys, ptSubject, true); - if (delta > 0) { - clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftPositive, pftPositive); - } else { - IntRect r = clpr.GetBounds(); - Path outer(4); - outer[0] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.bottom + 10); - outer[1] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.bottom + 10); - outer[2] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.top - 10); - outer[3] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.top - 10); - - clpr.AddPath(outer, ptSubject, true); - clpr.ReverseSolution(true); - clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNegative, pftNegative); - if (solution.size() > 0) - solution.erase(solution.begin()); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::Execute(PolyTree &solution, double delta) { - solution.Clear(); - FixOrientations(); - DoOffset(delta); - - // now clean up 'corners' ... - Clipper clpr; - clpr.AddPaths(m_destPolys, ptSubject, true); - if (delta > 0) { - clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftPositive, pftPositive); - } else { - IntRect r = clpr.GetBounds(); - Path outer(4); - outer[0] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.bottom + 10); - outer[1] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.bottom + 10); - outer[2] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.top - 10); - outer[3] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.top - 10); - - clpr.AddPath(outer, ptSubject, true); - clpr.ReverseSolution(true); - clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNegative, pftNegative); - // remove the outer PolyNode rectangle ... - if (solution.ChildCount() == 1 && solution.Childs[0]->ChildCount() > 0) { - PolyNode *outerNode = solution.Childs[0]; - solution.Childs.reserve(outerNode->ChildCount()); - solution.Childs[0] = outerNode->Childs[0]; - solution.Childs[0]->Parent = outerNode->Parent; - for (int i = 1; i < outerNode->ChildCount(); ++i) - solution.AddChild(*outerNode->Childs[i]); - } else - solution.Clear(); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::DoOffset(double delta) { - m_destPolys.clear(); - m_delta = delta; - - // if Zero offset, just copy any CLOSED polygons to m_p and return ... - if (NEAR_ZERO(delta)) { - m_destPolys.reserve(m_polyNodes.ChildCount()); - for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); i++) { - PolyNode &node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; - if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon) - m_destPolys.push_back(node.Contour); - } - return; - } - - // see offset_triginometry3.svg in the documentation folder ... - if (MiterLimit > 2) - m_miterLim = 2 / (MiterLimit * MiterLimit); - else - m_miterLim = 0.5; - - double y; - if (ArcTolerance <= 0.0) - y = def_arc_tolerance; - else if (ArcTolerance > std::fabs(delta) * def_arc_tolerance) - y = std::fabs(delta) * def_arc_tolerance; - else - y = ArcTolerance; - // see offset_triginometry2.svg in the documentation folder ... - double steps = pi / std::acos(1 - y / std::fabs(delta)); - if (steps > std::fabs(delta) * pi) - steps = std::fabs(delta) * pi; // ie excessive precision check - m_sin = std::sin(two_pi / steps); - m_cos = std::cos(two_pi / steps); - m_StepsPerRad = steps / two_pi; - if (delta < 0.0) - m_sin = -m_sin; - - m_destPolys.reserve(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() * 2); - for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); i++) { - PolyNode &node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; - m_srcPoly = node.Contour; - - int len = (int)m_srcPoly.size(); - if (len == 0 || - (delta <= 0 && (len < 3 || node.m_endtype != etClosedPolygon))) - continue; - - m_destPoly.clear(); - if (len == 1) { - if (node.m_jointype == jtRound) { - double X = 1.0, Y = 0.0; - for (cInt j = 1; j <= steps; j++) { - m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + X * delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + Y * delta))); - double X2 = X; - X = X * m_cos - m_sin * Y; - Y = X2 * m_sin + Y * m_cos; - } - } else { - double X = -1.0, Y = -1.0; - for (int j = 0; j < 4; ++j) { - m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + X * delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + Y * delta))); - if (X < 0) - X = 1; - else if (Y < 0) - Y = 1; - else - X = -1; - } - } - m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); - continue; - } - // build m_normals ... - m_normals.clear(); - m_normals.reserve(len); - for (int j = 0; j < len - 1; ++j) - m_normals.push_back(GetUnitNormal(m_srcPoly[j], m_srcPoly[j + 1])); - if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine || node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon) - m_normals.push_back(GetUnitNormal(m_srcPoly[len - 1], m_srcPoly[0])); - else - m_normals.push_back(DoublePoint(m_normals[len - 2])); - - if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon) { - int k = len - 1; - for (int j = 0; j < len; ++j) - OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); - m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); - } else if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine) { - int k = len - 1; - for (int j = 0; j < len; ++j) - OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); - m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); - m_destPoly.clear(); - // re-build m_normals ... - DoublePoint n = m_normals[len - 1]; - for (int j = len - 1; j > 0; j--) - m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j - 1].X, -m_normals[j - 1].Y); - m_normals[0] = DoublePoint(-n.X, -n.Y); - k = 0; - for (int j = len - 1; j >= 0; j--) - OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); - m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); - } else { - int k = 0; - for (int j = 1; j < len - 1; ++j) - OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); - - IntPoint pt1; - if (node.m_endtype == etOpenButt) { - int j = len - 1; - pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X * delta), - (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * delta)); - m_destPoly.push_back(pt1); - pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].X - m_normals[j].X * delta), - (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y - m_normals[j].Y * delta)); - m_destPoly.push_back(pt1); - } else { - int j = len - 1; - k = len - 2; - m_sinA = 0; - m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j].X, -m_normals[j].Y); - if (node.m_endtype == etOpenSquare) - DoSquare(j, k); - else - DoRound(j, k); - } - - // re-build m_normals ... - for (int j = len - 1; j > 0; j--) - m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j - 1].X, -m_normals[j - 1].Y); - m_normals[0] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[1].X, -m_normals[1].Y); - - k = len - 1; - for (int j = k - 1; j > 0; --j) - OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); - - if (node.m_endtype == etOpenButt) { - pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].X - m_normals[0].X * delta), - (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y - m_normals[0].Y * delta)); - m_destPoly.push_back(pt1); - pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + m_normals[0].X * delta), - (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + m_normals[0].Y * delta)); - m_destPoly.push_back(pt1); - } else { - k = 1; - m_sinA = 0; - if (node.m_endtype == etOpenSquare) - DoSquare(0, 1); - else - DoRound(0, 1); - } - m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); - } - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::OffsetPoint(int j, int &k, JoinType jointype) { - // cross product ... - m_sinA = (m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].Y - m_normals[j].X * m_normals[k].Y); - if (std::fabs(m_sinA * m_delta) < 1.0) { - // dot product ... - double cosA = - (m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + m_normals[j].Y * m_normals[k].Y); - if (cosA > 0) // angle => 0 degrees - { - m_destPoly.push_back( - IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[k].X * m_delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[k].Y * m_delta))); - return; - } - // else angle => 180 degrees - } else if (m_sinA > 1.0) - m_sinA = 1.0; - else if (m_sinA < -1.0) - m_sinA = -1.0; - - if (m_sinA * m_delta < 0) { - m_destPoly.push_back( - IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[k].X * m_delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[k].Y * m_delta))); - m_destPoly.push_back(m_srcPoly[j]); - m_destPoly.push_back( - IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X * m_delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * m_delta))); - } else - switch (jointype) { - case jtMiter: { - double r = 1 + (m_normals[j].X * m_normals[k].X + - m_normals[j].Y * m_normals[k].Y); - if (r >= m_miterLim) - DoMiter(j, k, r); - else - DoSquare(j, k); - break; - } - case jtSquare: - DoSquare(j, k); - break; - case jtRound: - DoRound(j, k); - break; - } - k = j; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::DoSquare(int j, int k) { - double dx = std::tan(std::atan2(m_sinA, m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + - m_normals[k].Y * m_normals[j].Y) / - 4); - m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint( - Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_delta * (m_normals[k].X - m_normals[k].Y * dx)), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + - m_delta * (m_normals[k].Y + m_normals[k].X * dx)))); - m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint( - Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_delta * (m_normals[j].X + m_normals[j].Y * dx)), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + - m_delta * (m_normals[j].Y - m_normals[j].X * dx)))); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::DoMiter(int j, int k, double r) { - double q = m_delta / r; - m_destPoly.push_back( - IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + (m_normals[k].X + m_normals[j].X) * q), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + (m_normals[k].Y + m_normals[j].Y) * q))); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::DoRound(int j, int k) { - double a = std::atan2(m_sinA, m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + - m_normals[k].Y * m_normals[j].Y); - int steps = std::max((int)Round(m_StepsPerRad * std::fabs(a)), 1); - - double X = m_normals[k].X, Y = m_normals[k].Y, X2; - for (int i = 0; i < steps; ++i) { - m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + X * m_delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + Y * m_delta))); - X2 = X; - X = X * m_cos - m_sin * Y; - Y = X2 * m_sin + Y * m_cos; - } - m_destPoly.push_back( - IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X * m_delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * m_delta))); -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// Miscellaneous public functions -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::DoSimplePolygons() { - PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; - while (i < m_PolyOuts.size()) { - OutRec *outrec = m_PolyOuts[i++]; - OutPt *op = outrec->Pts; - if (!op || outrec->IsOpen) - continue; - do // for each Pt in Polygon until duplicate found do ... - { - OutPt *op2 = op->Next; - while (op2 != outrec->Pts) { - if ((op->Pt == op2->Pt) && op2->Next != op && op2->Prev != op) { - // split the polygon into two ... - OutPt *op3 = op->Prev; - OutPt *op4 = op2->Prev; - op->Prev = op4; - op4->Next = op; - op2->Prev = op3; - op3->Next = op2; - - outrec->Pts = op; - OutRec *outrec2 = CreateOutRec(); - outrec2->Pts = op2; - UpdateOutPtIdxs(*outrec2); - if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outrec2->Pts, outrec->Pts)) { - // OutRec2 is contained by OutRec1 ... - outrec2->IsHole = !outrec->IsHole; - outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec; - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts2(outrec2, outrec); - } else if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outrec->Pts, outrec2->Pts)) { - // OutRec1 is contained by OutRec2 ... - outrec2->IsHole = outrec->IsHole; - outrec->IsHole = !outrec2->IsHole; - outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec->FirstLeft; - outrec->FirstLeft = outrec2; - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts2(outrec, outrec2); - } else { - // the 2 polygons are separate ... - outrec2->IsHole = outrec->IsHole; - outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec->FirstLeft; - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts1(outrec, outrec2); - } - op2 = op; // ie get ready for the Next iteration - } - op2 = op2->Next; - } - op = op->Next; - } while (op != outrec->Pts); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ReversePath(Path &p) { std::reverse(p.begin(), p.end()); } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ReversePaths(Paths &p) { - for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < p.size(); ++i) - ReversePath(p[i]); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void SimplifyPolygon(const Path &in_poly, Paths &out_polys, - PolyFillType fillType) { - Clipper c; - c.StrictlySimple(true); - c.AddPath(in_poly, ptSubject, true); - c.Execute(ctUnion, out_polys, fillType, fillType); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void SimplifyPolygons(const Paths &in_polys, Paths &out_polys, - PolyFillType fillType) { - Clipper c; - c.StrictlySimple(true); - c.AddPaths(in_polys, ptSubject, true); - c.Execute(ctUnion, out_polys, fillType, fillType); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void SimplifyPolygons(Paths &polys, PolyFillType fillType) { - SimplifyPolygons(polys, polys, fillType); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline double DistanceSqrd(const IntPoint &pt1, const IntPoint &pt2) { - double Dx = ((double)pt1.X - pt2.X); - double dy = ((double)pt1.Y - pt2.Y); - return (Dx * Dx + dy * dy); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -double DistanceFromLineSqrd(const IntPoint &pt, const IntPoint &ln1, - const IntPoint &ln2) { - // The equation of a line in general form (Ax + By + C = 0) - // given 2 points (x�,y�) & (x�,y�) is ... - //(y� - y�)x + (x� - x�)y + (y� - y�)x� - (x� - x�)y� = 0 - // A = (y� - y�); B = (x� - x�); C = (y� - y�)x� - (x� - x�)y� - // perpendicular distance of point (x�,y�) = (Ax� + By� + C)/Sqrt(A� + B�) - // see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Perpendicular_distance - double A = double(ln1.Y - ln2.Y); - double B = double(ln2.X - ln1.X); - double C = A * ln1.X + B * ln1.Y; - C = A * pt.X + B * pt.Y - C; - return (C * C) / (A * A + B * B); -} -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -bool SlopesNearCollinear(const IntPoint &pt1, const IntPoint &pt2, - const IntPoint &pt3, double distSqrd) { - // this function is more accurate when the point that's geometrically - // between the other 2 points is the one that's tested for distance. - // ie makes it more likely to pick up 'spikes' ... - if (Abs(pt1.X - pt2.X) > Abs(pt1.Y - pt2.Y)) { - if ((pt1.X > pt2.X) == (pt1.X < pt3.X)) - return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt1, pt2, pt3) < distSqrd; - else if ((pt2.X > pt1.X) == (pt2.X < pt3.X)) - return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt2, pt1, pt3) < distSqrd; - else - return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt3, pt1, pt2) < distSqrd; - } else { - if ((pt1.Y > pt2.Y) == (pt1.Y < pt3.Y)) - return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt1, pt2, pt3) < distSqrd; - else if ((pt2.Y > pt1.Y) == (pt2.Y < pt3.Y)) - return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt2, pt1, pt3) < distSqrd; - else - return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt3, pt1, pt2) < distSqrd; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool PointsAreClose(IntPoint pt1, IntPoint pt2, double distSqrd) { - double Dx = (double)pt1.X - pt2.X; - double dy = (double)pt1.Y - pt2.Y; - return ((Dx * Dx) + (dy * dy) <= distSqrd); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutPt *ExcludeOp(OutPt *op) { - OutPt *result = op->Prev; - result->Next = op->Next; - op->Next->Prev = result; - result->Idx = 0; - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void CleanPolygon(const Path &in_poly, Path &out_poly, double distance) { - // distance = proximity in units/pixels below which vertices - // will be stripped. Default ~= sqrt(2). - - size_t size = in_poly.size(); - - if (size == 0) { - out_poly.clear(); - return; - } - - OutPt *outPts = new OutPt[size]; - for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { - outPts[i].Pt = in_poly[i]; - outPts[i].Next = &outPts[(i + 1) % size]; - outPts[i].Next->Prev = &outPts[i]; - outPts[i].Idx = 0; - } - - double distSqrd = distance * distance; - OutPt *op = &outPts[0]; - while (op->Idx == 0 && op->Next != op->Prev) { - if (PointsAreClose(op->Pt, op->Prev->Pt, distSqrd)) { - op = ExcludeOp(op); - size--; - } else if (PointsAreClose(op->Prev->Pt, op->Next->Pt, distSqrd)) { - ExcludeOp(op->Next); - op = ExcludeOp(op); - size -= 2; - } else if (SlopesNearCollinear(op->Prev->Pt, op->Pt, op->Next->Pt, - distSqrd)) { - op = ExcludeOp(op); - size--; - } else { - op->Idx = 1; - op = op->Next; - } - } - - if (size < 3) - size = 0; - out_poly.resize(size); - for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { - out_poly[i] = op->Pt; - op = op->Next; - } - delete[] outPts; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void CleanPolygon(Path &poly, double distance) { - CleanPolygon(poly, poly, distance); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void CleanPolygons(const Paths &in_polys, Paths &out_polys, double distance) { - out_polys.resize(in_polys.size()); - for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < in_polys.size(); ++i) - CleanPolygon(in_polys[i], out_polys[i], distance); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void CleanPolygons(Paths &polys, double distance) { - CleanPolygons(polys, polys, distance); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Minkowski(const Path &poly, const Path &path, Paths &solution, bool isSum, - bool isClosed) { - int delta = (isClosed ? 1 : 0); - size_t polyCnt = poly.size(); - size_t pathCnt = path.size(); - Paths pp; - pp.reserve(pathCnt); - if (isSum) - for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt; ++i) { - Path p; - p.reserve(polyCnt); - for (size_t j = 0; j < poly.size(); ++j) - p.push_back(IntPoint(path[i].X + poly[j].X, path[i].Y + poly[j].Y)); - pp.push_back(p); - } - else - for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt; ++i) { - Path p; - p.reserve(polyCnt); - for (size_t j = 0; j < poly.size(); ++j) - p.push_back(IntPoint(path[i].X - poly[j].X, path[i].Y - poly[j].Y)); - pp.push_back(p); - } - - solution.clear(); - solution.reserve((pathCnt + delta) * (polyCnt + 1)); - for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt - 1 + delta; ++i) - for (size_t j = 0; j < polyCnt; ++j) { - Path quad; - quad.reserve(4); - quad.push_back(pp[i % pathCnt][j % polyCnt]); - quad.push_back(pp[(i + 1) % pathCnt][j % polyCnt]); - quad.push_back(pp[(i + 1) % pathCnt][(j + 1) % polyCnt]); - quad.push_back(pp[i % pathCnt][(j + 1) % polyCnt]); - if (!Orientation(quad)) - ReversePath(quad); - solution.push_back(quad); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void MinkowskiSum(const Path &pattern, const Path &path, Paths &solution, - bool pathIsClosed) { - Minkowski(pattern, path, solution, true, pathIsClosed); - Clipper c; - c.AddPaths(solution, ptSubject, true); - c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNonZero, pftNonZero); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void TranslatePath(const Path &input, Path &output, const IntPoint delta) { - // precondition: input != output - output.resize(input.size()); - for (size_t i = 0; i < input.size(); ++i) - output[i] = IntPoint(input[i].X + delta.X, input[i].Y + delta.Y); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void MinkowskiSum(const Path &pattern, const Paths &paths, Paths &solution, - bool pathIsClosed) { - Clipper c; - for (size_t i = 0; i < paths.size(); ++i) { - Paths tmp; - Minkowski(pattern, paths[i], tmp, true, pathIsClosed); - c.AddPaths(tmp, ptSubject, true); - if (pathIsClosed) { - Path tmp2; - TranslatePath(paths[i], tmp2, pattern[0]); - c.AddPath(tmp2, ptClip, true); - } - } - c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNonZero, pftNonZero); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void MinkowskiDiff(const Path &poly1, const Path &poly2, Paths &solution) { - Minkowski(poly1, poly2, solution, false, true); - Clipper c; - c.AddPaths(solution, ptSubject, true); - c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNonZero, pftNonZero); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -enum NodeType { ntAny, ntOpen, ntClosed }; - -void AddPolyNodeToPaths(const PolyNode &polynode, NodeType nodetype, - Paths &paths) { - bool match = true; - if (nodetype == ntClosed) - match = !polynode.IsOpen(); - else if (nodetype == ntOpen) - return; - - if (!polynode.Contour.empty() && match) - paths.push_back(polynode.Contour); - for (int i = 0; i < polynode.ChildCount(); ++i) - AddPolyNodeToPaths(*polynode.Childs[i], nodetype, paths); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void PolyTreeToPaths(const PolyTree &polytree, Paths &paths) { - paths.resize(0); - paths.reserve(polytree.Total()); - AddPolyNodeToPaths(polytree, ntAny, paths); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClosedPathsFromPolyTree(const PolyTree &polytree, Paths &paths) { - paths.resize(0); - paths.reserve(polytree.Total()); - AddPolyNodeToPaths(polytree, ntClosed, paths); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void OpenPathsFromPolyTree(PolyTree &polytree, Paths &paths) { - paths.resize(0); - paths.reserve(polytree.Total()); - // Open paths are top level only, so ... - for (int i = 0; i < polytree.ChildCount(); ++i) - if (polytree.Childs[i]->IsOpen()) - paths.push_back(polytree.Childs[i]->Contour); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -std::ostream &operator<<(std::ostream &s, const IntPoint &p) { - s << "(" << p.X << "," << p.Y << ")"; - return s; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -std::ostream &operator<<(std::ostream &s, const Path &p) { - if (p.empty()) - return s; - Path::size_type last = p.size() - 1; - for (Path::size_type i = 0; i < last; i++) - s << "(" << p[i].X << "," << p[i].Y << "), "; - s << "(" << p[last].X << "," << p[last].Y << ")\n"; - return s; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -std::ostream &operator<<(std::ostream &s, const Paths &p) { - for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < p.size(); i++) - s << p[i]; - s << "\n"; - return s; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -} // ClipperLib namespace diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/ocr_det.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/ocr_det.cpp index 0d6095bd377fade5ef524669b516aa907286863b..110393107092ade1a20865b52656053503358fe4 100644 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/ocr_det.cpp +++ b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/ocr_det.cpp @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ // limitations under the License. #include +#include +#include namespace PaddleOCR { diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/postprocess_op.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/postprocess_op.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index e7db70f3bff81390728c6b373b89cf06c74e4eca..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/postprocess_op.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,355 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2020 PaddlePaddle Authors. All Rights Reserved. -// -// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); -// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -// You may obtain a copy of the License at -// -// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 -// -// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software -// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, -// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. -// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and -// limitations under the License. - -#include - -namespace PaddleOCR { - -void PostProcessor::GetContourArea(const std::vector> &box, - float unclip_ratio, float &distance) { - int pts_num = 4; - float area = 0.0f; - float dist = 0.0f; - for (int i = 0; i < pts_num; i++) { - area += box[i][0] * box[(i + 1) % pts_num][1] - - box[i][1] * box[(i + 1) % pts_num][0]; - dist += sqrtf((box[i][0] - box[(i + 1) % pts_num][0]) * - (box[i][0] - box[(i + 1) % pts_num][0]) + - (box[i][1] - box[(i + 1) % pts_num][1]) * - (box[i][1] - box[(i + 1) % pts_num][1])); - } - area = fabs(float(area / 2.0)); - - distance = area * unclip_ratio / dist; -} - -cv::RotatedRect PostProcessor::UnClip(std::vector> box, - const float &unclip_ratio) { - float distance = 1.0; - - GetContourArea(box, unclip_ratio, distance); - - ClipperLib::ClipperOffset offset; - ClipperLib::Path p; - p << ClipperLib::IntPoint(int(box[0][0]), int(box[0][1])) - << ClipperLib::IntPoint(int(box[1][0]), int(box[1][1])) - << ClipperLib::IntPoint(int(box[2][0]), int(box[2][1])) - << ClipperLib::IntPoint(int(box[3][0]), int(box[3][1])); - offset.AddPath(p, ClipperLib::jtRound, ClipperLib::etClosedPolygon); - - ClipperLib::Paths soln; - offset.Execute(soln, distance); - std::vector points; - - for (int j = 0; j < soln.size(); j++) { - for (int i = 0; i < soln[soln.size() - 1].size(); i++) { - points.emplace_back(soln[j][i].X, soln[j][i].Y); - } - } - cv::RotatedRect res; - if (points.size() <= 0) { - res = cv::RotatedRect(cv::Point2f(0, 0), cv::Size2f(1, 1), 0); - } else { - res = cv::minAreaRect(points); - } - return res; -} - -float **PostProcessor::Mat2Vec(cv::Mat mat) { - auto **array = new float *[mat.rows]; - for (int i = 0; i < mat.rows; ++i) - array[i] = new float[mat.cols]; - for (int i = 0; i < mat.rows; ++i) { - for (int j = 0; j < mat.cols; ++j) { - array[i][j] = mat.at(i, j); - } - } - - return array; -} - -std::vector> -PostProcessor::OrderPointsClockwise(std::vector> pts) { - std::vector> box = pts; - std::sort(box.begin(), box.end(), XsortInt); - - std::vector> leftmost = {box[0], box[1]}; - std::vector> rightmost = {box[2], box[3]}; - - if (leftmost[0][1] > leftmost[1][1]) - std::swap(leftmost[0], leftmost[1]); - - if (rightmost[0][1] > rightmost[1][1]) - std::swap(rightmost[0], rightmost[1]); - - std::vector> rect = {leftmost[0], rightmost[0], rightmost[1], - leftmost[1]}; - return rect; -} - -std::vector> PostProcessor::Mat2Vector(cv::Mat mat) { - std::vector> img_vec; - std::vector tmp; - - for (int i = 0; i < mat.rows; ++i) { - tmp.clear(); - for (int j = 0; j < mat.cols; ++j) { - tmp.push_back(mat.at(i, j)); - } - img_vec.push_back(tmp); - } - return img_vec; -} - -bool PostProcessor::XsortFp32(std::vector a, std::vector b) { - if (a[0] != b[0]) - return a[0] < b[0]; - return false; -} - -bool PostProcessor::XsortInt(std::vector a, std::vector b) { - if (a[0] != b[0]) - return a[0] < b[0]; - return false; -} - -std::vector> PostProcessor::GetMiniBoxes(cv::RotatedRect box, - float &ssid) { - ssid = std::max(box.size.width, box.size.height); - - cv::Mat points; - cv::boxPoints(box, points); - - auto array = Mat2Vector(points); - std::sort(array.begin(), array.end(), XsortFp32); - - std::vector idx1 = array[0], idx2 = array[1], idx3 = array[2], - idx4 = array[3]; - if (array[3][1] <= array[2][1]) { - idx2 = array[3]; - idx3 = array[2]; - } else { - idx2 = array[2]; - idx3 = array[3]; - } - if (array[1][1] <= array[0][1]) { - idx1 = array[1]; - idx4 = array[0]; - } else { - idx1 = array[0]; - idx4 = array[1]; - } - - array[0] = idx1; - array[1] = idx2; - array[2] = idx3; - array[3] = idx4; - - return array; -} - -float PostProcessor::PolygonScoreAcc(std::vector contour, - cv::Mat pred) { - int width = pred.cols; - int height = pred.rows; - std::vector box_x; - std::vector box_y; - for (int i = 0; i < contour.size(); ++i) { - box_x.push_back(contour[i].x); - box_y.push_back(contour[i].y); - } - - int xmin = - clamp(int(std::floor(*(std::min_element(box_x.begin(), box_x.end())))), 0, - width - 1); - int xmax = - clamp(int(std::ceil(*(std::max_element(box_x.begin(), box_x.end())))), 0, - width - 1); - int ymin = - clamp(int(std::floor(*(std::min_element(box_y.begin(), box_y.end())))), 0, - height - 1); - int ymax = - clamp(int(std::ceil(*(std::max_element(box_y.begin(), box_y.end())))), 0, - height - 1); - - cv::Mat mask; - mask = cv::Mat::zeros(ymax - ymin + 1, xmax - xmin + 1, CV_8UC1); - - - cv::Point* rook_point = new cv::Point[contour.size()]; - - for (int i = 0; i < contour.size(); ++i) { - rook_point[i] = cv::Point(int(box_x[i]) - xmin, int(box_y[i]) - ymin); - } - const cv::Point *ppt[1] = {rook_point}; - int npt[] = {int(contour.size())}; - - - cv::fillPoly(mask, ppt, npt, 1, cv::Scalar(1)); - - cv::Mat croppedImg; - pred(cv::Rect(xmin, ymin, xmax - xmin + 1, ymax - ymin + 1)).copyTo(croppedImg); - float score = cv::mean(croppedImg, mask)[0]; - - delete []rook_point; - return score; -} - -float PostProcessor::BoxScoreFast(std::vector> box_array, - cv::Mat pred) { - auto array = box_array; - int width = pred.cols; - int height = pred.rows; - - float box_x[4] = {array[0][0], array[1][0], array[2][0], array[3][0]}; - float box_y[4] = {array[0][1], array[1][1], array[2][1], array[3][1]}; - - int xmin = clamp(int(std::floor(*(std::min_element(box_x, box_x + 4)))), 0, - width - 1); - int xmax = clamp(int(std::ceil(*(std::max_element(box_x, box_x + 4)))), 0, - width - 1); - int ymin = clamp(int(std::floor(*(std::min_element(box_y, box_y + 4)))), 0, - height - 1); - int ymax = clamp(int(std::ceil(*(std::max_element(box_y, box_y + 4)))), 0, - height - 1); - - cv::Mat mask; - mask = cv::Mat::zeros(ymax - ymin + 1, xmax - xmin + 1, CV_8UC1); - - cv::Point root_point[4]; - root_point[0] = cv::Point(int(array[0][0]) - xmin, int(array[0][1]) - ymin); - root_point[1] = cv::Point(int(array[1][0]) - xmin, int(array[1][1]) - ymin); - root_point[2] = cv::Point(int(array[2][0]) - xmin, int(array[2][1]) - ymin); - root_point[3] = cv::Point(int(array[3][0]) - xmin, int(array[3][1]) - ymin); - const cv::Point *ppt[1] = {root_point}; - int npt[] = {4}; - cv::fillPoly(mask, ppt, npt, 1, cv::Scalar(1)); - - cv::Mat croppedImg; - pred(cv::Rect(xmin, ymin, xmax - xmin + 1, ymax - ymin + 1)) - .copyTo(croppedImg); - - auto score = cv::mean(croppedImg, mask)[0]; - return score; -} - -std::vector>> PostProcessor::BoxesFromBitmap( - const cv::Mat pred, const cv::Mat bitmap, const float &box_thresh, - const float &det_db_unclip_ratio, const bool &use_polygon_score) { - const int min_size = 3; - const int max_candidates = 1000; - - int width = bitmap.cols; - int height = bitmap.rows; - - std::vector> contours; - std::vector hierarchy; - - cv::findContours(bitmap, contours, hierarchy, cv::RETR_LIST, - cv::CHAIN_APPROX_SIMPLE); - - int num_contours = - contours.size() >= max_candidates ? max_candidates : contours.size(); - - std::vector>> boxes; - - for (int _i = 0; _i < num_contours; _i++) { - if (contours[_i].size() <= 2) { - continue; - } - float ssid; - cv::RotatedRect box = cv::minAreaRect(contours[_i]); - auto array = GetMiniBoxes(box, ssid); - - auto box_for_unclip = array; - // end get_mini_box - - if (ssid < min_size) { - continue; - } - - float score; - if (use_polygon_score) - /* compute using polygon*/ - score = PolygonScoreAcc(contours[_i], pred); - else - score = BoxScoreFast(array, pred); - - if (score < box_thresh) - continue; - - // start for unclip - cv::RotatedRect points = UnClip(box_for_unclip, det_db_unclip_ratio); - if (points.size.height < 1.001 && points.size.width < 1.001) { - continue; - } - // end for unclip - - cv::RotatedRect clipbox = points; - auto cliparray = GetMiniBoxes(clipbox, ssid); - - if (ssid < min_size + 2) - continue; - - int dest_width = pred.cols; - int dest_height = pred.rows; - std::vector> intcliparray; - - for (int num_pt = 0; num_pt < 4; num_pt++) { - std::vector a{int(clampf(roundf(cliparray[num_pt][0] / float(width) * - float(dest_width)), - 0, float(dest_width))), - int(clampf(roundf(cliparray[num_pt][1] / - float(height) * float(dest_height)), - 0, float(dest_height)))}; - intcliparray.push_back(a); - } - boxes.push_back(intcliparray); - - } // end for - return boxes; -} - -std::vector>> -PostProcessor::FilterTagDetRes(std::vector>> boxes, - float ratio_h, float ratio_w, cv::Mat srcimg) { - int oriimg_h = srcimg.rows; - int oriimg_w = srcimg.cols; - - std::vector>> root_points; - for (int n = 0; n < boxes.size(); n++) { - boxes[n] = OrderPointsClockwise(boxes[n]); - for (int m = 0; m < boxes[0].size(); m++) { - boxes[n][m][0] /= ratio_w; - boxes[n][m][1] /= ratio_h; - - boxes[n][m][0] = int(_min(_max(boxes[n][m][0], 0), oriimg_w - 1)); - boxes[n][m][1] = int(_min(_max(boxes[n][m][1], 0), oriimg_h - 1)); - } - } - - for (int n = 0; n < boxes.size(); n++) { - int rect_width, rect_height; - rect_width = int(sqrt(pow(boxes[n][0][0] - boxes[n][1][0], 2) + - pow(boxes[n][0][1] - boxes[n][1][1], 2))); - rect_height = int(sqrt(pow(boxes[n][0][0] - boxes[n][3][0], 2) + - pow(boxes[n][0][1] - boxes[n][3][1], 2))); - if (rect_width <= 4 || rect_height <= 4) - continue; - root_points.push_back(boxes[n]); - } - return root_points; -} - -} // namespace PaddleOCR diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/utility.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/utility.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 2cd84f7e8dbdd8144b5337f55b3f3a62ed43d5b3..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_det/utility.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2020 PaddlePaddle Authors. All Rights Reserved. -// -// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); -// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -// You may obtain a copy of the License at -// -// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 -// -// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software -// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, -// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. -// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and -// limitations under the License. - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -namespace PaddleOCR { - -std::vector Utility::ReadDict(const std::string &path) { - std::ifstream in(path); - std::string line; - std::vector m_vec; - if (in) { - while (getline(in, line)) { - m_vec.push_back(line); - } - } else { - std::cout << "no such label file: " << path << ", exit the program..." - << std::endl; - exit(1); - } - return m_vec; -} - -void Utility::VisualizeBboxes( - const cv::Mat &srcimg, - const std::vector>> &boxes) { - cv::Mat img_vis; - srcimg.copyTo(img_vis); - for (int n = 0; n < boxes.size(); n++) { - cv::Point rook_points[4]; - for (int m = 0; m < boxes[n].size(); m++) { - rook_points[m] = cv::Point(int(boxes[n][m][0]), int(boxes[n][m][1])); - } - - const cv::Point *ppt[1] = {rook_points}; - int npt[] = {4}; - cv::polylines(img_vis, ppt, npt, 1, 1, CV_RGB(0, 255, 0), 2, 8, 0); - } - - cv::imwrite("./ocr_vis.png", img_vis); - std::cout << "The detection visualized image saved in ./ocr_vis.png" - << std::endl; -} - -// list all files under a directory -void Utility::GetAllFiles(const char *dir_name, - std::vector &all_inputs) { - if (NULL == dir_name) { - std::cout << " dir_name is null ! " << std::endl; - return; - } - struct stat s; - lstat(dir_name, &s); - if (!S_ISDIR(s.st_mode)) { - std::cout << "dir_name is not a valid directory !" << std::endl; - all_inputs.push_back(dir_name); - return; - } else { - struct dirent *filename; // return value for readdir() - DIR *dir; // return value for opendir() - dir = opendir(dir_name); - if (NULL == dir) { - std::cout << "Can not open dir " << dir_name << std::endl; - return; - } - std::cout << "Successfully opened the dir !" << std::endl; - while ((filename = readdir(dir)) != NULL) { - if (strcmp(filename->d_name, ".") == 0 || - strcmp(filename->d_name, "..") == 0) - continue; - // img_dir + std::string("/") + all_inputs[0]; - all_inputs.push_back(dir_name + std::string("/") + - std::string(filename->d_name)); - } - } -} - -} // namespace PaddleOCR \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/ocr_rec.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/ocr_rec.cpp index c4a784f82c789f3ebdc826ccb1d37631c8204368..5aa20770bae8470342cd0e3d3c87b6f4a5358f69 100644 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/ocr_rec.cpp +++ b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/ocr_rec.cpp @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ // limitations under the License. #include +#include namespace PaddleOCR { diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/preprocess_op.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/preprocess_op.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 23c51c2008dc7280ce4d6c232ed766dbf2a53226..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/preprocess_op.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2020 PaddlePaddle Authors. All Rights Reserved. -// -// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); -// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -// You may obtain a copy of the License at -// -// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 -// -// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software -// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, -// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. -// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and -// limitations under the License. - -#include "opencv2/core.hpp" -#include "opencv2/imgcodecs.hpp" -#include "opencv2/imgproc.hpp" -#include "paddle_api.h" -#include "paddle_inference_api.h" -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -namespace PaddleOCR { - -void Permute::Run(const cv::Mat *im, float *data) { - int rh = im->rows; - int rw = im->cols; - int rc = im->channels(); - for (int i = 0; i < rc; ++i) { - cv::extractChannel(*im, cv::Mat(rh, rw, CV_32FC1, data + i * rh * rw), i); - } -} - -void Normalize::Run(cv::Mat *im, const std::vector &mean, - const std::vector &scale, const bool is_scale) { - double e = 1.0; - if (is_scale) { - e /= 255.0; - } - (*im).convertTo(*im, CV_32FC3, e); - std::vector bgr_channels(3); - cv::split(*im, bgr_channels); - for (auto i = 0; i < bgr_channels.size(); i++) { - bgr_channels[i].convertTo(bgr_channels[i], CV_32FC1, 1.0 * scale[i], - (0.0 - mean[i]) * scale[i]); - } - cv::merge(bgr_channels, *im); -} - -void ResizeImgType0::Run(const cv::Mat &img, cv::Mat &resize_img, - int max_size_len, float &ratio_h, float &ratio_w, - bool use_tensorrt) { - int w = img.cols; - int h = img.rows; - - float ratio = 1.f; - int max_wh = w >= h ? w : h; - if (max_wh > max_size_len) { - if (h > w) { - ratio = float(max_size_len) / float(h); - } else { - ratio = float(max_size_len) / float(w); - } - } - - int resize_h = int(float(h) * ratio); - int resize_w = int(float(w) * ratio); - - resize_h = max(int(round(float(resize_h) / 32) * 32), 32); - resize_w = max(int(round(float(resize_w) / 32) * 32), 32); - - cv::resize(img, resize_img, cv::Size(resize_w, resize_h)); - ratio_h = float(resize_h) / float(h); - ratio_w = float(resize_w) / float(w); -} - -void CrnnResizeImg::Run(const cv::Mat &img, cv::Mat &resize_img, float wh_ratio, - bool use_tensorrt, - const std::vector &rec_image_shape) { - int imgC, imgH, imgW; - imgC = rec_image_shape[0]; - imgH = rec_image_shape[1]; - imgW = rec_image_shape[2]; - - imgW = int(32 * wh_ratio); - - float ratio = float(img.cols) / float(img.rows); - int resize_w, resize_h; - if (ceilf(imgH * ratio) > imgW) - resize_w = imgW; - else - resize_w = int(ceilf(imgH * ratio)); - - cv::resize(img, resize_img, cv::Size(resize_w, imgH), 0.f, 0.f, - cv::INTER_LINEAR); - cv::copyMakeBorder(resize_img, resize_img, 0, 0, 0, - int(imgW - resize_img.cols), cv::BORDER_CONSTANT, - {127, 127, 127}); -} - -void ClsResizeImg::Run(const cv::Mat &img, cv::Mat &resize_img, - bool use_tensorrt, - const std::vector &rec_image_shape) { - int imgC, imgH, imgW; - imgC = rec_image_shape[0]; - imgH = rec_image_shape[1]; - imgW = rec_image_shape[2]; - - float ratio = float(img.cols) / float(img.rows); - int resize_w, resize_h; - if (ceilf(imgH * ratio) > imgW) - resize_w = imgW; - else - resize_w = int(ceilf(imgH * ratio)); - - cv::resize(img, resize_img, cv::Size(resize_w, imgH), 0.f, 0.f, - cv::INTER_LINEAR); - if (resize_w < imgW) { - cv::copyMakeBorder(resize_img, resize_img, 0, 0, 0, imgW - resize_w, - cv::BORDER_CONSTANT, cv::Scalar(0, 0, 0)); - } -} - -} // namespace PaddleOCR diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/utility.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/utility.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 2cd84f7e8dbdd8144b5337f55b3f3a62ed43d5b3..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_rec/utility.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2020 PaddlePaddle Authors. All Rights Reserved. -// -// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); -// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -// You may obtain a copy of the License at -// -// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 -// -// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software -// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, -// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. -// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and -// limitations under the License. - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -namespace PaddleOCR { - -std::vector Utility::ReadDict(const std::string &path) { - std::ifstream in(path); - std::string line; - std::vector m_vec; - if (in) { - while (getline(in, line)) { - m_vec.push_back(line); - } - } else { - std::cout << "no such label file: " << path << ", exit the program..." - << std::endl; - exit(1); - } - return m_vec; -} - -void Utility::VisualizeBboxes( - const cv::Mat &srcimg, - const std::vector>> &boxes) { - cv::Mat img_vis; - srcimg.copyTo(img_vis); - for (int n = 0; n < boxes.size(); n++) { - cv::Point rook_points[4]; - for (int m = 0; m < boxes[n].size(); m++) { - rook_points[m] = cv::Point(int(boxes[n][m][0]), int(boxes[n][m][1])); - } - - const cv::Point *ppt[1] = {rook_points}; - int npt[] = {4}; - cv::polylines(img_vis, ppt, npt, 1, 1, CV_RGB(0, 255, 0), 2, 8, 0); - } - - cv::imwrite("./ocr_vis.png", img_vis); - std::cout << "The detection visualized image saved in ./ocr_vis.png" - << std::endl; -} - -// list all files under a directory -void Utility::GetAllFiles(const char *dir_name, - std::vector &all_inputs) { - if (NULL == dir_name) { - std::cout << " dir_name is null ! " << std::endl; - return; - } - struct stat s; - lstat(dir_name, &s); - if (!S_ISDIR(s.st_mode)) { - std::cout << "dir_name is not a valid directory !" << std::endl; - all_inputs.push_back(dir_name); - return; - } else { - struct dirent *filename; // return value for readdir() - DIR *dir; // return value for opendir() - dir = opendir(dir_name); - if (NULL == dir) { - std::cout << "Can not open dir " << dir_name << std::endl; - return; - } - std::cout << "Successfully opened the dir !" << std::endl; - while ((filename = readdir(dir)) != NULL) { - if (strcmp(filename->d_name, ".") == 0 || - strcmp(filename->d_name, "..") == 0) - continue; - // img_dir + std::string("/") + all_inputs[0]; - all_inputs.push_back(dir_name + std::string("/") + - std::string(filename->d_name)); - } - } -} - -} // namespace PaddleOCR \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/clipper.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/clipper.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index b35c25f29ee1144f98747bd41e89d87779fdb6a3..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/clipper.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4380 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************************* -* * -* Author : Angus Johnson * -* Version : 6.4.2 * -* Date : 27 February 2017 * -* Website : http://www.angusj.com * -* Copyright : Angus Johnson 2010-2017 * -* * -* License: * -* Use, modification & distribution is subject to Boost Software License Ver 1. * -* http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt * -* * -* Attributions: * -* The code in this library is an extension of Bala Vatti's clipping algorithm: * -* "A generic solution to polygon clipping" * -* Communications of the ACM, Vol 35, Issue 7 (July 1992) pp 56-63. * -* http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=129906 * -* * -* Computer graphics and geometric modeling: implementation and algorithms * -* By Max K. Agoston * -* Springer; 1 edition (January 4, 2005) * -* http://books.google.com/books?q=vatti+clipping+agoston * -* * -* See also: * -* "Polygon Offsetting by Computing Winding Numbers" * -* Paper no. DETC2005-85513 pp. 565-575 * -* ASME 2005 International Design Engineering Technical Conferences * -* and Computers and Information in Engineering Conference (IDETC/CIE2005) * -* September 24-28, 2005 , Long Beach, California, USA * -* http://www.me.berkeley.edu/~mcmains/pubs/DAC05OffsetPolygon.pdf * -* * -*******************************************************************************/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* * -* This is a translation of the Delphi Clipper library and the naming style * -* used has retained a Delphi flavour. * -* * -*******************************************************************************/ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "include/clipper.h" - -namespace ClipperLib { - -static double const pi = 3.141592653589793238; -static double const two_pi = pi * 2; -static double const def_arc_tolerance = 0.25; - -enum Direction { dRightToLeft, dLeftToRight }; - -static int const Unassigned = -1; // edge not currently 'owning' a solution -static int const Skip = -2; // edge that would otherwise close a path - -#define HORIZONTAL (-1.0E+40) -#define TOLERANCE (1.0e-20) -#define NEAR_ZERO(val) (((val) > -TOLERANCE) && ((val) < TOLERANCE)) - -struct TEdge { - IntPoint Bot; - IntPoint Curr; // current (updated for every new scanbeam) - IntPoint Top; - double Dx; - PolyType PolyTyp; - EdgeSide Side; // side only refers to current side of solution poly - int WindDelta; // 1 or -1 depending on winding direction - int WindCnt; - int WindCnt2; // winding count of the opposite polytype - int OutIdx; - TEdge *Next; - TEdge *Prev; - TEdge *NextInLML; - TEdge *NextInAEL; - TEdge *PrevInAEL; - TEdge *NextInSEL; - TEdge *PrevInSEL; -}; - -struct IntersectNode { - TEdge *Edge1; - TEdge *Edge2; - IntPoint Pt; -}; - -struct LocalMinimum { - cInt Y; - TEdge *LeftBound; - TEdge *RightBound; -}; - -struct OutPt; - -// OutRec: contains a path in the clipping solution. Edges in the AEL will -// carry a pointer to an OutRec when they are part of the clipping solution. -struct OutRec { - int Idx; - bool IsHole; - bool IsOpen; - OutRec *FirstLeft; // see comments in clipper.pas - PolyNode *PolyNd; - OutPt *Pts; - OutPt *BottomPt; -}; - -struct OutPt { - int Idx; - IntPoint Pt; - OutPt *Next; - OutPt *Prev; -}; - -struct Join { - OutPt *OutPt1; - OutPt *OutPt2; - IntPoint OffPt; -}; - -struct LocMinSorter { - inline bool operator()(const LocalMinimum &locMin1, - const LocalMinimum &locMin2) { - return locMin2.Y < locMin1.Y; - } -}; - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline cInt Round(double val) { - if ((val < 0)) - return static_cast(val - 0.5); - else - return static_cast(val + 0.5); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline cInt Abs(cInt val) { return val < 0 ? -val : val; } - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// PolyTree methods ... -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void PolyTree::Clear() { - for (PolyNodes::size_type i = 0; i < AllNodes.size(); ++i) - delete AllNodes[i]; - AllNodes.resize(0); - Childs.resize(0); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -PolyNode *PolyTree::GetFirst() const { - if (!Childs.empty()) - return Childs[0]; - else - return 0; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -int PolyTree::Total() const { - int result = (int)AllNodes.size(); - // with negative offsets, ignore the hidden outer polygon ... - if (result > 0 && Childs[0] != AllNodes[0]) - result--; - return result; -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// PolyNode methods ... -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -PolyNode::PolyNode() : Parent(0), Index(0), m_IsOpen(false) {} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -int PolyNode::ChildCount() const { return (int)Childs.size(); } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void PolyNode::AddChild(PolyNode &child) { - unsigned cnt = (unsigned)Childs.size(); - Childs.push_back(&child); - child.Parent = this; - child.Index = cnt; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -PolyNode *PolyNode::GetNext() const { - if (!Childs.empty()) - return Childs[0]; - else - return GetNextSiblingUp(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -PolyNode *PolyNode::GetNextSiblingUp() const { - if (!Parent) // protects against PolyTree.GetNextSiblingUp() - return 0; - else if (Index == Parent->Childs.size() - 1) - return Parent->GetNextSiblingUp(); - else - return Parent->Childs[Index + 1]; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool PolyNode::IsHole() const { - bool result = true; - PolyNode *node = Parent; - while (node) { - result = !result; - node = node->Parent; - } - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool PolyNode::IsOpen() const { return m_IsOpen; } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -#ifndef use_int32 - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// Int128 class (enables safe math on signed 64bit integers) -// eg Int128 val1((long64)9223372036854775807); //ie 2^63 -1 -// Int128 val2((long64)9223372036854775807); -// Int128 val3 = val1 * val2; -// val3.AsString => "85070591730234615847396907784232501249" (8.5e+37) -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -class Int128 { -public: - ulong64 lo; - long64 hi; - - Int128(long64 _lo = 0) { - lo = (ulong64)_lo; - if (_lo < 0) - hi = -1; - else - hi = 0; - } - - Int128(const Int128 &val) : lo(val.lo), hi(val.hi) {} - - Int128(const long64 &_hi, const ulong64 &_lo) : lo(_lo), hi(_hi) {} - - Int128 &operator=(const long64 &val) { - lo = (ulong64)val; - if (val < 0) - hi = -1; - else - hi = 0; - return *this; - } - - bool operator==(const Int128 &val) const { - return (hi == val.hi && lo == val.lo); - } - - bool operator!=(const Int128 &val) const { return !(*this == val); } - - bool operator>(const Int128 &val) const { - if (hi != val.hi) - return hi > val.hi; - else - return lo > val.lo; - } - - bool operator<(const Int128 &val) const { - if (hi != val.hi) - return hi < val.hi; - else - return lo < val.lo; - } - - bool operator>=(const Int128 &val) const { return !(*this < val); } - - bool operator<=(const Int128 &val) const { return !(*this > val); } - - Int128 &operator+=(const Int128 &rhs) { - hi += rhs.hi; - lo += rhs.lo; - if (lo < rhs.lo) - hi++; - return *this; - } - - Int128 operator+(const Int128 &rhs) const { - Int128 result(*this); - result += rhs; - return result; - } - - Int128 &operator-=(const Int128 &rhs) { - *this += -rhs; - return *this; - } - - Int128 operator-(const Int128 &rhs) const { - Int128 result(*this); - result -= rhs; - return result; - } - - Int128 operator-() const // unary negation - { - if (lo == 0) - return Int128(-hi, 0); - else - return Int128(~hi, ~lo + 1); - } - - operator double() const { - const double shift64 = 18446744073709551616.0; // 2^64 - if (hi < 0) { - if (lo == 0) - return (double)hi * shift64; - else - return -(double)(~lo + ~hi * shift64); - } else - return (double)(lo + hi * shift64); - } -}; -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -Int128 Int128Mul(long64 lhs, long64 rhs) { - bool negate = (lhs < 0) != (rhs < 0); - - if (lhs < 0) - lhs = -lhs; - ulong64 int1Hi = ulong64(lhs) >> 32; - ulong64 int1Lo = ulong64(lhs & 0xFFFFFFFF); - - if (rhs < 0) - rhs = -rhs; - ulong64 int2Hi = ulong64(rhs) >> 32; - ulong64 int2Lo = ulong64(rhs & 0xFFFFFFFF); - - // nb: see comments in clipper.pas - ulong64 a = int1Hi * int2Hi; - ulong64 b = int1Lo * int2Lo; - ulong64 c = int1Hi * int2Lo + int1Lo * int2Hi; - - Int128 tmp; - tmp.hi = long64(a + (c >> 32)); - tmp.lo = long64(c << 32); - tmp.lo += long64(b); - if (tmp.lo < b) - tmp.hi++; - if (negate) - tmp = -tmp; - return tmp; -}; -#endif - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// Miscellaneous global functions -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Orientation(const Path &poly) { return Area(poly) >= 0; } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -double Area(const Path &poly) { - int size = (int)poly.size(); - if (size < 3) - return 0; - - double a = 0; - for (int i = 0, j = size - 1; i < size; ++i) { - a += ((double)poly[j].X + poly[i].X) * ((double)poly[j].Y - poly[i].Y); - j = i; - } - return -a * 0.5; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -double Area(const OutPt *op) { - const OutPt *startOp = op; - if (!op) - return 0; - double a = 0; - do { - a += (double)(op->Prev->Pt.X + op->Pt.X) * - (double)(op->Prev->Pt.Y - op->Pt.Y); - op = op->Next; - } while (op != startOp); - return a * 0.5; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -double Area(const OutRec &outRec) { return Area(outRec.Pts); } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool PointIsVertex(const IntPoint &Pt, OutPt *pp) { - OutPt *pp2 = pp; - do { - if (pp2->Pt == Pt) - return true; - pp2 = pp2->Next; - } while (pp2 != pp); - return false; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -// See "The Point in Polygon Problem for Arbitrary Polygons" by Hormann & -// Agathos -// http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.88.5498&rep=rep1&type=pdf -int PointInPolygon(const IntPoint &pt, const Path &path) { - // returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt ON polygon boundary - int result = 0; - size_t cnt = path.size(); - if (cnt < 3) - return 0; - IntPoint ip = path[0]; - for (size_t i = 1; i <= cnt; ++i) { - IntPoint ipNext = (i == cnt ? path[0] : path[i]); - if (ipNext.Y == pt.Y) { - if ((ipNext.X == pt.X) || - (ip.Y == pt.Y && ((ipNext.X > pt.X) == (ip.X < pt.X)))) - return -1; - } - if ((ip.Y < pt.Y) != (ipNext.Y < pt.Y)) { - if (ip.X >= pt.X) { - if (ipNext.X > pt.X) - result = 1 - result; - else { - double d = (double)(ip.X - pt.X) * (ipNext.Y - pt.Y) - - (double)(ipNext.X - pt.X) * (ip.Y - pt.Y); - if (!d) - return -1; - if ((d > 0) == (ipNext.Y > ip.Y)) - result = 1 - result; - } - } else { - if (ipNext.X > pt.X) { - double d = (double)(ip.X - pt.X) * (ipNext.Y - pt.Y) - - (double)(ipNext.X - pt.X) * (ip.Y - pt.Y); - if (!d) - return -1; - if ((d > 0) == (ipNext.Y > ip.Y)) - result = 1 - result; - } - } - } - ip = ipNext; - } - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -int PointInPolygon(const IntPoint &pt, OutPt *op) { - // returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt ON polygon boundary - int result = 0; - OutPt *startOp = op; - for (;;) { - if (op->Next->Pt.Y == pt.Y) { - if ((op->Next->Pt.X == pt.X) || - (op->Pt.Y == pt.Y && ((op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X) == (op->Pt.X < pt.X)))) - return -1; - } - if ((op->Pt.Y < pt.Y) != (op->Next->Pt.Y < pt.Y)) { - if (op->Pt.X >= pt.X) { - if (op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X) - result = 1 - result; - else { - double d = (double)(op->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Next->Pt.Y - pt.Y) - - (double)(op->Next->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Pt.Y - pt.Y); - if (!d) - return -1; - if ((d > 0) == (op->Next->Pt.Y > op->Pt.Y)) - result = 1 - result; - } - } else { - if (op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X) { - double d = (double)(op->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Next->Pt.Y - pt.Y) - - (double)(op->Next->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Pt.Y - pt.Y); - if (!d) - return -1; - if ((d > 0) == (op->Next->Pt.Y > op->Pt.Y)) - result = 1 - result; - } - } - } - op = op->Next; - if (startOp == op) - break; - } - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Poly2ContainsPoly1(OutPt *OutPt1, OutPt *OutPt2) { - OutPt *op = OutPt1; - do { - // nb: PointInPolygon returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt on polygon - int res = PointInPolygon(op->Pt, OutPt2); - if (res >= 0) - return res > 0; - op = op->Next; - } while (op != OutPt1); - return true; -} -//---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -bool SlopesEqual(const TEdge &e1, const TEdge &e2, bool UseFullInt64Range) { -#ifndef use_int32 - if (UseFullInt64Range) - return Int128Mul(e1.Top.Y - e1.Bot.Y, e2.Top.X - e2.Bot.X) == - Int128Mul(e1.Top.X - e1.Bot.X, e2.Top.Y - e2.Bot.Y); - else -#endif - return (e1.Top.Y - e1.Bot.Y) * (e2.Top.X - e2.Bot.X) == - (e1.Top.X - e1.Bot.X) * (e2.Top.Y - e2.Bot.Y); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool SlopesEqual(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2, const IntPoint pt3, - bool UseFullInt64Range) { -#ifndef use_int32 - if (UseFullInt64Range) - return Int128Mul(pt1.Y - pt2.Y, pt2.X - pt3.X) == - Int128Mul(pt1.X - pt2.X, pt2.Y - pt3.Y); - else -#endif - return (pt1.Y - pt2.Y) * (pt2.X - pt3.X) == - (pt1.X - pt2.X) * (pt2.Y - pt3.Y); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool SlopesEqual(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2, const IntPoint pt3, - const IntPoint pt4, bool UseFullInt64Range) { -#ifndef use_int32 - if (UseFullInt64Range) - return Int128Mul(pt1.Y - pt2.Y, pt3.X - pt4.X) == - Int128Mul(pt1.X - pt2.X, pt3.Y - pt4.Y); - else -#endif - return (pt1.Y - pt2.Y) * (pt3.X - pt4.X) == - (pt1.X - pt2.X) * (pt3.Y - pt4.Y); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline bool IsHorizontal(TEdge &e) { return e.Dx == HORIZONTAL; } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline double GetDx(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2) { - return (pt1.Y == pt2.Y) ? HORIZONTAL - : (double)(pt2.X - pt1.X) / (pt2.Y - pt1.Y); -} -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -inline void SetDx(TEdge &e) { - cInt dy = (e.Top.Y - e.Bot.Y); - if (dy == 0) - e.Dx = HORIZONTAL; - else - e.Dx = (double)(e.Top.X - e.Bot.X) / dy; -} -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -inline void SwapSides(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2) { - EdgeSide Side = Edge1.Side; - Edge1.Side = Edge2.Side; - Edge2.Side = Side; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline void SwapPolyIndexes(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2) { - int OutIdx = Edge1.OutIdx; - Edge1.OutIdx = Edge2.OutIdx; - Edge2.OutIdx = OutIdx; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline cInt TopX(TEdge &edge, const cInt currentY) { - return (currentY == edge.Top.Y) - ? edge.Top.X - : edge.Bot.X + Round(edge.Dx * (currentY - edge.Bot.Y)); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void IntersectPoint(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2, IntPoint &ip) { -#ifdef use_xyz - ip.Z = 0; -#endif - - double b1, b2; - if (Edge1.Dx == Edge2.Dx) { - ip.Y = Edge1.Curr.Y; - ip.X = TopX(Edge1, ip.Y); - return; - } else if (Edge1.Dx == 0) { - ip.X = Edge1.Bot.X; - if (IsHorizontal(Edge2)) - ip.Y = Edge2.Bot.Y; - else { - b2 = Edge2.Bot.Y - (Edge2.Bot.X / Edge2.Dx); - ip.Y = Round(ip.X / Edge2.Dx + b2); - } - } else if (Edge2.Dx == 0) { - ip.X = Edge2.Bot.X; - if (IsHorizontal(Edge1)) - ip.Y = Edge1.Bot.Y; - else { - b1 = Edge1.Bot.Y - (Edge1.Bot.X / Edge1.Dx); - ip.Y = Round(ip.X / Edge1.Dx + b1); - } - } else { - b1 = Edge1.Bot.X - Edge1.Bot.Y * Edge1.Dx; - b2 = Edge2.Bot.X - Edge2.Bot.Y * Edge2.Dx; - double q = (b2 - b1) / (Edge1.Dx - Edge2.Dx); - ip.Y = Round(q); - if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) < std::fabs(Edge2.Dx)) - ip.X = Round(Edge1.Dx * q + b1); - else - ip.X = Round(Edge2.Dx * q + b2); - } - - if (ip.Y < Edge1.Top.Y || ip.Y < Edge2.Top.Y) { - if (Edge1.Top.Y > Edge2.Top.Y) - ip.Y = Edge1.Top.Y; - else - ip.Y = Edge2.Top.Y; - if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) < std::fabs(Edge2.Dx)) - ip.X = TopX(Edge1, ip.Y); - else - ip.X = TopX(Edge2, ip.Y); - } - // finally, don't allow 'ip' to be BELOW curr.Y (ie bottom of scanbeam) ... - if (ip.Y > Edge1.Curr.Y) { - ip.Y = Edge1.Curr.Y; - // use the more vertical edge to derive X ... - if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) > std::fabs(Edge2.Dx)) - ip.X = TopX(Edge2, ip.Y); - else - ip.X = TopX(Edge1, ip.Y); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ReversePolyPtLinks(OutPt *pp) { - if (!pp) - return; - OutPt *pp1, *pp2; - pp1 = pp; - do { - pp2 = pp1->Next; - pp1->Next = pp1->Prev; - pp1->Prev = pp2; - pp1 = pp2; - } while (pp1 != pp); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void DisposeOutPts(OutPt *&pp) { - if (pp == 0) - return; - pp->Prev->Next = 0; - while (pp) { - OutPt *tmpPp = pp; - pp = pp->Next; - delete tmpPp; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline void InitEdge(TEdge *e, TEdge *eNext, TEdge *ePrev, const IntPoint &Pt) { - std::memset(e, 0, sizeof(TEdge)); - e->Next = eNext; - e->Prev = ePrev; - e->Curr = Pt; - e->OutIdx = Unassigned; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void InitEdge2(TEdge &e, PolyType Pt) { - if (e.Curr.Y >= e.Next->Curr.Y) { - e.Bot = e.Curr; - e.Top = e.Next->Curr; - } else { - e.Top = e.Curr; - e.Bot = e.Next->Curr; - } - SetDx(e); - e.PolyTyp = Pt; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TEdge *RemoveEdge(TEdge *e) { - // removes e from double_linked_list (but without removing from memory) - e->Prev->Next = e->Next; - e->Next->Prev = e->Prev; - TEdge *result = e->Next; - e->Prev = 0; // flag as removed (see ClipperBase.Clear) - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline void ReverseHorizontal(TEdge &e) { - // swap horizontal edges' Top and Bottom x's so they follow the natural - // progression of the bounds - ie so their xbots will align with the - // adjoining lower edge. [Helpful in the ProcessHorizontal() method.] - std::swap(e.Top.X, e.Bot.X); -#ifdef use_xyz - std::swap(e.Top.Z, e.Bot.Z); -#endif -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void SwapPoints(IntPoint &pt1, IntPoint &pt2) { - IntPoint tmp = pt1; - pt1 = pt2; - pt2 = tmp; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool GetOverlapSegment(IntPoint pt1a, IntPoint pt1b, IntPoint pt2a, - IntPoint pt2b, IntPoint &pt1, IntPoint &pt2) { - // precondition: segments are Collinear. - if (Abs(pt1a.X - pt1b.X) > Abs(pt1a.Y - pt1b.Y)) { - if (pt1a.X > pt1b.X) - SwapPoints(pt1a, pt1b); - if (pt2a.X > pt2b.X) - SwapPoints(pt2a, pt2b); - if (pt1a.X > pt2a.X) - pt1 = pt1a; - else - pt1 = pt2a; - if (pt1b.X < pt2b.X) - pt2 = pt1b; - else - pt2 = pt2b; - return pt1.X < pt2.X; - } else { - if (pt1a.Y < pt1b.Y) - SwapPoints(pt1a, pt1b); - if (pt2a.Y < pt2b.Y) - SwapPoints(pt2a, pt2b); - if (pt1a.Y < pt2a.Y) - pt1 = pt1a; - else - pt1 = pt2a; - if (pt1b.Y > pt2b.Y) - pt2 = pt1b; - else - pt2 = pt2b; - return pt1.Y > pt2.Y; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool FirstIsBottomPt(const OutPt *btmPt1, const OutPt *btmPt2) { - OutPt *p = btmPt1->Prev; - while ((p->Pt == btmPt1->Pt) && (p != btmPt1)) - p = p->Prev; - double dx1p = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt1->Pt, p->Pt)); - p = btmPt1->Next; - while ((p->Pt == btmPt1->Pt) && (p != btmPt1)) - p = p->Next; - double dx1n = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt1->Pt, p->Pt)); - - p = btmPt2->Prev; - while ((p->Pt == btmPt2->Pt) && (p != btmPt2)) - p = p->Prev; - double dx2p = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt2->Pt, p->Pt)); - p = btmPt2->Next; - while ((p->Pt == btmPt2->Pt) && (p != btmPt2)) - p = p->Next; - double dx2n = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt2->Pt, p->Pt)); - - if (std::max(dx1p, dx1n) == std::max(dx2p, dx2n) && - std::min(dx1p, dx1n) == std::min(dx2p, dx2n)) - return Area(btmPt1) > 0; // if otherwise identical use orientation - else - return (dx1p >= dx2p && dx1p >= dx2n) || (dx1n >= dx2p && dx1n >= dx2n); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutPt *GetBottomPt(OutPt *pp) { - OutPt *dups = 0; - OutPt *p = pp->Next; - while (p != pp) { - if (p->Pt.Y > pp->Pt.Y) { - pp = p; - dups = 0; - } else if (p->Pt.Y == pp->Pt.Y && p->Pt.X <= pp->Pt.X) { - if (p->Pt.X < pp->Pt.X) { - dups = 0; - pp = p; - } else { - if (p->Next != pp && p->Prev != pp) - dups = p; - } - } - p = p->Next; - } - if (dups) { - // there appears to be at least 2 vertices at BottomPt so ... - while (dups != p) { - if (!FirstIsBottomPt(p, dups)) - pp = dups; - dups = dups->Next; - while (dups->Pt != pp->Pt) - dups = dups->Next; - } - } - return pp; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2, - const IntPoint pt3) { - if ((pt1 == pt3) || (pt1 == pt2) || (pt3 == pt2)) - return false; - else if (pt1.X != pt3.X) - return (pt2.X > pt1.X) == (pt2.X < pt3.X); - else - return (pt2.Y > pt1.Y) == (pt2.Y < pt3.Y); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool HorzSegmentsOverlap(cInt seg1a, cInt seg1b, cInt seg2a, cInt seg2b) { - if (seg1a > seg1b) - std::swap(seg1a, seg1b); - if (seg2a > seg2b) - std::swap(seg2a, seg2b); - return (seg1a < seg2b) && (seg2a < seg1b); -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// ClipperBase class methods ... -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -ClipperBase::ClipperBase() // constructor -{ - m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin(); // begin() == end() here - m_UseFullRange = false; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -ClipperBase::~ClipperBase() // destructor -{ - Clear(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void RangeTest(const IntPoint &Pt, bool &useFullRange) { - if (useFullRange) { - if (Pt.X > hiRange || Pt.Y > hiRange || -Pt.X > hiRange || -Pt.Y > hiRange) - throw clipperException("Coordinate outside allowed range"); - } else if (Pt.X > loRange || Pt.Y > loRange || -Pt.X > loRange || - -Pt.Y > loRange) { - useFullRange = true; - RangeTest(Pt, useFullRange); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TEdge *FindNextLocMin(TEdge *E) { - for (;;) { - while (E->Bot != E->Prev->Bot || E->Curr == E->Top) - E = E->Next; - if (!IsHorizontal(*E) && !IsHorizontal(*E->Prev)) - break; - while (IsHorizontal(*E->Prev)) - E = E->Prev; - TEdge *E2 = E; - while (IsHorizontal(*E)) - E = E->Next; - if (E->Top.Y == E->Prev->Bot.Y) - continue; // ie just an intermediate horz. - if (E2->Prev->Bot.X < E->Bot.X) - E = E2; - break; - } - return E; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TEdge *ClipperBase::ProcessBound(TEdge *E, bool NextIsForward) { - TEdge *Result = E; - TEdge *Horz = 0; - - if (E->OutIdx == Skip) { - // if edges still remain in the current bound beyond the skip edge then - // create another LocMin and call ProcessBound once more - if (NextIsForward) { - while (E->Top.Y == E->Next->Bot.Y) - E = E->Next; - // don't include top horizontals when parsing a bound a second time, - // they will be contained in the opposite bound ... - while (E != Result && IsHorizontal(*E)) - E = E->Prev; - } else { - while (E->Top.Y == E->Prev->Bot.Y) - E = E->Prev; - while (E != Result && IsHorizontal(*E)) - E = E->Next; - } - - if (E == Result) { - if (NextIsForward) - Result = E->Next; - else - Result = E->Prev; - } else { - // there are more edges in the bound beyond result starting with E - if (NextIsForward) - E = Result->Next; - else - E = Result->Prev; - MinimaList::value_type locMin; - locMin.Y = E->Bot.Y; - locMin.LeftBound = 0; - locMin.RightBound = E; - E->WindDelta = 0; - Result = ProcessBound(E, NextIsForward); - m_MinimaList.push_back(locMin); - } - return Result; - } - - TEdge *EStart; - - if (IsHorizontal(*E)) { - // We need to be careful with open paths because this may not be a - // true local minima (ie E may be following a skip edge). - // Also, consecutive horz. edges may start heading left before going right. - if (NextIsForward) - EStart = E->Prev; - else - EStart = E->Next; - if (IsHorizontal(*EStart)) // ie an adjoining horizontal skip edge - { - if (EStart->Bot.X != E->Bot.X && EStart->Top.X != E->Bot.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - } else if (EStart->Bot.X != E->Bot.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - } - - EStart = E; - if (NextIsForward) { - while (Result->Top.Y == Result->Next->Bot.Y && Result->Next->OutIdx != Skip) - Result = Result->Next; - if (IsHorizontal(*Result) && Result->Next->OutIdx != Skip) { - // nb: at the top of a bound, horizontals are added to the bound - // only when the preceding edge attaches to the horizontal's left vertex - // unless a Skip edge is encountered when that becomes the top divide - Horz = Result; - while (IsHorizontal(*Horz->Prev)) - Horz = Horz->Prev; - if (Horz->Prev->Top.X > Result->Next->Top.X) - Result = Horz->Prev; - } - while (E != Result) { - E->NextInLML = E->Next; - if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - E = E->Next; - } - if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - Result = Result->Next; // move to the edge just beyond current bound - } else { - while (Result->Top.Y == Result->Prev->Bot.Y && Result->Prev->OutIdx != Skip) - Result = Result->Prev; - if (IsHorizontal(*Result) && Result->Prev->OutIdx != Skip) { - Horz = Result; - while (IsHorizontal(*Horz->Next)) - Horz = Horz->Next; - if (Horz->Next->Top.X == Result->Prev->Top.X || - Horz->Next->Top.X > Result->Prev->Top.X) - Result = Horz->Next; - } - - while (E != Result) { - E->NextInLML = E->Prev; - if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Next->Top.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - E = E->Prev; - } - if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Next->Top.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - Result = Result->Prev; // move to the edge just beyond current bound - } - - return Result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool ClipperBase::AddPath(const Path &pg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed) { -#ifdef use_lines - if (!Closed && PolyTyp == ptClip) - throw clipperException("AddPath: Open paths must be subject."); -#else - if (!Closed) - throw clipperException("AddPath: Open paths have been disabled."); -#endif - - int highI = (int)pg.size() - 1; - if (Closed) - while (highI > 0 && (pg[highI] == pg[0])) - --highI; - while (highI > 0 && (pg[highI] == pg[highI - 1])) - --highI; - if ((Closed && highI < 2) || (!Closed && highI < 1)) - return false; - - // create a new edge array ... - TEdge *edges = new TEdge[highI + 1]; - - bool IsFlat = true; - // 1. Basic (first) edge initialization ... - try { - edges[1].Curr = pg[1]; - RangeTest(pg[0], m_UseFullRange); - RangeTest(pg[highI], m_UseFullRange); - InitEdge(&edges[0], &edges[1], &edges[highI], pg[0]); - InitEdge(&edges[highI], &edges[0], &edges[highI - 1], pg[highI]); - for (int i = highI - 1; i >= 1; --i) { - RangeTest(pg[i], m_UseFullRange); - InitEdge(&edges[i], &edges[i + 1], &edges[i - 1], pg[i]); - } - } catch (...) { - delete[] edges; - throw; // range test fails - } - TEdge *eStart = &edges[0]; - - // 2. Remove duplicate vertices, and (when closed) collinear edges ... - TEdge *E = eStart, *eLoopStop = eStart; - for (;;) { - // nb: allows matching start and end points when not Closed ... - if (E->Curr == E->Next->Curr && (Closed || E->Next != eStart)) { - if (E == E->Next) - break; - if (E == eStart) - eStart = E->Next; - E = RemoveEdge(E); - eLoopStop = E; - continue; - } - if (E->Prev == E->Next) - break; // only two vertices - else if (Closed && SlopesEqual(E->Prev->Curr, E->Curr, E->Next->Curr, - m_UseFullRange) && - (!m_PreserveCollinear || - !Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(E->Prev->Curr, E->Curr, E->Next->Curr))) { - // Collinear edges are allowed for open paths but in closed paths - // the default is to merge adjacent collinear edges into a single edge. - // However, if the PreserveCollinear property is enabled, only overlapping - // collinear edges (ie spikes) will be removed from closed paths. - if (E == eStart) - eStart = E->Next; - E = RemoveEdge(E); - E = E->Prev; - eLoopStop = E; - continue; - } - E = E->Next; - if ((E == eLoopStop) || (!Closed && E->Next == eStart)) - break; - } - - if ((!Closed && (E == E->Next)) || (Closed && (E->Prev == E->Next))) { - delete[] edges; - return false; - } - - if (!Closed) { - m_HasOpenPaths = true; - eStart->Prev->OutIdx = Skip; - } - - // 3. Do second stage of edge initialization ... - E = eStart; - do { - InitEdge2(*E, PolyTyp); - E = E->Next; - if (IsFlat && E->Curr.Y != eStart->Curr.Y) - IsFlat = false; - } while (E != eStart); - - // 4. Finally, add edge bounds to LocalMinima list ... - - // Totally flat paths must be handled differently when adding them - // to LocalMinima list to avoid endless loops etc ... - if (IsFlat) { - if (Closed) { - delete[] edges; - return false; - } - E->Prev->OutIdx = Skip; - MinimaList::value_type locMin; - locMin.Y = E->Bot.Y; - locMin.LeftBound = 0; - locMin.RightBound = E; - locMin.RightBound->Side = esRight; - locMin.RightBound->WindDelta = 0; - for (;;) { - if (E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) - ReverseHorizontal(*E); - if (E->Next->OutIdx == Skip) - break; - E->NextInLML = E->Next; - E = E->Next; - } - m_MinimaList.push_back(locMin); - m_edges.push_back(edges); - return true; - } - - m_edges.push_back(edges); - bool leftBoundIsForward; - TEdge *EMin = 0; - - // workaround to avoid an endless loop in the while loop below when - // open paths have matching start and end points ... - if (E->Prev->Bot == E->Prev->Top) - E = E->Next; - - for (;;) { - E = FindNextLocMin(E); - if (E == EMin) - break; - else if (!EMin) - EMin = E; - - // E and E.Prev now share a local minima (left aligned if horizontal). - // Compare their slopes to find which starts which bound ... - MinimaList::value_type locMin; - locMin.Y = E->Bot.Y; - if (E->Dx < E->Prev->Dx) { - locMin.LeftBound = E->Prev; - locMin.RightBound = E; - leftBoundIsForward = false; // Q.nextInLML = Q.prev - } else { - locMin.LeftBound = E; - locMin.RightBound = E->Prev; - leftBoundIsForward = true; // Q.nextInLML = Q.next - } - - if (!Closed) - locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta = 0; - else if (locMin.LeftBound->Next == locMin.RightBound) - locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta = -1; - else - locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta = 1; - locMin.RightBound->WindDelta = -locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta; - - E = ProcessBound(locMin.LeftBound, leftBoundIsForward); - if (E->OutIdx == Skip) - E = ProcessBound(E, leftBoundIsForward); - - TEdge *E2 = ProcessBound(locMin.RightBound, !leftBoundIsForward); - if (E2->OutIdx == Skip) - E2 = ProcessBound(E2, !leftBoundIsForward); - - if (locMin.LeftBound->OutIdx == Skip) - locMin.LeftBound = 0; - else if (locMin.RightBound->OutIdx == Skip) - locMin.RightBound = 0; - m_MinimaList.push_back(locMin); - if (!leftBoundIsForward) - E = E2; - } - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool ClipperBase::AddPaths(const Paths &ppg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed) { - bool result = false; - for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < ppg.size(); ++i) - if (AddPath(ppg[i], PolyTyp, Closed)) - result = true; - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::Clear() { - DisposeLocalMinimaList(); - for (EdgeList::size_type i = 0; i < m_edges.size(); ++i) { - TEdge *edges = m_edges[i]; - delete[] edges; - } - m_edges.clear(); - m_UseFullRange = false; - m_HasOpenPaths = false; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::Reset() { - m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin(); - if (m_CurrentLM == m_MinimaList.end()) - return; // ie nothing to process - std::sort(m_MinimaList.begin(), m_MinimaList.end(), LocMinSorter()); - - m_Scanbeam = ScanbeamList(); // clears/resets priority_queue - // reset all edges ... - for (MinimaList::iterator lm = m_MinimaList.begin(); lm != m_MinimaList.end(); - ++lm) { - InsertScanbeam(lm->Y); - TEdge *e = lm->LeftBound; - if (e) { - e->Curr = e->Bot; - e->Side = esLeft; - e->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - - e = lm->RightBound; - if (e) { - e->Curr = e->Bot; - e->Side = esRight; - e->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - } - m_ActiveEdges = 0; - m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::DisposeLocalMinimaList() { - m_MinimaList.clear(); - m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool ClipperBase::PopLocalMinima(cInt Y, const LocalMinimum *&locMin) { - if (m_CurrentLM == m_MinimaList.end() || (*m_CurrentLM).Y != Y) - return false; - locMin = &(*m_CurrentLM); - ++m_CurrentLM; - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -IntRect ClipperBase::GetBounds() { - IntRect result; - MinimaList::iterator lm = m_MinimaList.begin(); - if (lm == m_MinimaList.end()) { - result.left = result.top = result.right = result.bottom = 0; - return result; - } - result.left = lm->LeftBound->Bot.X; - result.top = lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y; - result.right = lm->LeftBound->Bot.X; - result.bottom = lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y; - while (lm != m_MinimaList.end()) { - // todo - needs fixing for open paths - result.bottom = std::max(result.bottom, lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y); - TEdge *e = lm->LeftBound; - for (;;) { - TEdge *bottomE = e; - while (e->NextInLML) { - if (e->Bot.X < result.left) - result.left = e->Bot.X; - if (e->Bot.X > result.right) - result.right = e->Bot.X; - e = e->NextInLML; - } - result.left = std::min(result.left, e->Bot.X); - result.right = std::max(result.right, e->Bot.X); - result.left = std::min(result.left, e->Top.X); - result.right = std::max(result.right, e->Top.X); - result.top = std::min(result.top, e->Top.Y); - if (bottomE == lm->LeftBound) - e = lm->RightBound; - else - break; - } - ++lm; - } - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::InsertScanbeam(const cInt Y) { m_Scanbeam.push(Y); } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool ClipperBase::PopScanbeam(cInt &Y) { - if (m_Scanbeam.empty()) - return false; - Y = m_Scanbeam.top(); - m_Scanbeam.pop(); - while (!m_Scanbeam.empty() && Y == m_Scanbeam.top()) { - m_Scanbeam.pop(); - } // Pop duplicates. - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::DisposeAllOutRecs() { - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) - DisposeOutRec(i); - m_PolyOuts.clear(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::DisposeOutRec(PolyOutList::size_type index) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[index]; - if (outRec->Pts) - DisposeOutPts(outRec->Pts); - delete outRec; - m_PolyOuts[index] = 0; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::DeleteFromAEL(TEdge *e) { - TEdge *AelPrev = e->PrevInAEL; - TEdge *AelNext = e->NextInAEL; - if (!AelPrev && !AelNext && (e != m_ActiveEdges)) - return; // already deleted - if (AelPrev) - AelPrev->NextInAEL = AelNext; - else - m_ActiveEdges = AelNext; - if (AelNext) - AelNext->PrevInAEL = AelPrev; - e->NextInAEL = 0; - e->PrevInAEL = 0; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutRec *ClipperBase::CreateOutRec() { - OutRec *result = new OutRec; - result->IsHole = false; - result->IsOpen = false; - result->FirstLeft = 0; - result->Pts = 0; - result->BottomPt = 0; - result->PolyNd = 0; - m_PolyOuts.push_back(result); - result->Idx = (int)m_PolyOuts.size() - 1; - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::SwapPositionsInAEL(TEdge *Edge1, TEdge *Edge2) { - // check that one or other edge hasn't already been removed from AEL ... - if (Edge1->NextInAEL == Edge1->PrevInAEL || - Edge2->NextInAEL == Edge2->PrevInAEL) - return; - - if (Edge1->NextInAEL == Edge2) { - TEdge *Next = Edge2->NextInAEL; - if (Next) - Next->PrevInAEL = Edge1; - TEdge *Prev = Edge1->PrevInAEL; - if (Prev) - Prev->NextInAEL = Edge2; - Edge2->PrevInAEL = Prev; - Edge2->NextInAEL = Edge1; - Edge1->PrevInAEL = Edge2; - Edge1->NextInAEL = Next; - } else if (Edge2->NextInAEL == Edge1) { - TEdge *Next = Edge1->NextInAEL; - if (Next) - Next->PrevInAEL = Edge2; - TEdge *Prev = Edge2->PrevInAEL; - if (Prev) - Prev->NextInAEL = Edge1; - Edge1->PrevInAEL = Prev; - Edge1->NextInAEL = Edge2; - Edge2->PrevInAEL = Edge1; - Edge2->NextInAEL = Next; - } else { - TEdge *Next = Edge1->NextInAEL; - TEdge *Prev = Edge1->PrevInAEL; - Edge1->NextInAEL = Edge2->NextInAEL; - if (Edge1->NextInAEL) - Edge1->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = Edge1; - Edge1->PrevInAEL = Edge2->PrevInAEL; - if (Edge1->PrevInAEL) - Edge1->PrevInAEL->NextInAEL = Edge1; - Edge2->NextInAEL = Next; - if (Edge2->NextInAEL) - Edge2->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = Edge2; - Edge2->PrevInAEL = Prev; - if (Edge2->PrevInAEL) - Edge2->PrevInAEL->NextInAEL = Edge2; - } - - if (!Edge1->PrevInAEL) - m_ActiveEdges = Edge1; - else if (!Edge2->PrevInAEL) - m_ActiveEdges = Edge2; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperBase::UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *&e) { - if (!e->NextInLML) - throw clipperException("UpdateEdgeIntoAEL: invalid call"); - - e->NextInLML->OutIdx = e->OutIdx; - TEdge *AelPrev = e->PrevInAEL; - TEdge *AelNext = e->NextInAEL; - if (AelPrev) - AelPrev->NextInAEL = e->NextInLML; - else - m_ActiveEdges = e->NextInLML; - if (AelNext) - AelNext->PrevInAEL = e->NextInLML; - e->NextInLML->Side = e->Side; - e->NextInLML->WindDelta = e->WindDelta; - e->NextInLML->WindCnt = e->WindCnt; - e->NextInLML->WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2; - e = e->NextInLML; - e->Curr = e->Bot; - e->PrevInAEL = AelPrev; - e->NextInAEL = AelNext; - if (!IsHorizontal(*e)) - InsertScanbeam(e->Top.Y); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool ClipperBase::LocalMinimaPending() { - return (m_CurrentLM != m_MinimaList.end()); -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// TClipper methods ... -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -Clipper::Clipper(int initOptions) - : ClipperBase() // constructor -{ - m_ExecuteLocked = false; - m_UseFullRange = false; - m_ReverseOutput = ((initOptions & ioReverseSolution) != 0); - m_StrictSimple = ((initOptions & ioStrictlySimple) != 0); - m_PreserveCollinear = ((initOptions & ioPreserveCollinear) != 0); - m_HasOpenPaths = false; -#ifdef use_xyz - m_ZFill = 0; -#endif -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -#ifdef use_xyz -void Clipper::ZFillFunction(ZFillCallback zFillFunc) { m_ZFill = zFillFunc; } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#endif - -bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, Paths &solution, - PolyFillType fillType) { - return Execute(clipType, solution, fillType, fillType); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, PolyTree &polytree, - PolyFillType fillType) { - return Execute(clipType, polytree, fillType, fillType); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, Paths &solution, - PolyFillType subjFillType, PolyFillType clipFillType) { - if (m_ExecuteLocked) - return false; - if (m_HasOpenPaths) - throw clipperException( - "Error: PolyTree struct is needed for open path clipping."); - m_ExecuteLocked = true; - solution.resize(0); - m_SubjFillType = subjFillType; - m_ClipFillType = clipFillType; - m_ClipType = clipType; - m_UsingPolyTree = false; - bool succeeded = ExecuteInternal(); - if (succeeded) - BuildResult(solution); - DisposeAllOutRecs(); - m_ExecuteLocked = false; - return succeeded; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, PolyTree &polytree, - PolyFillType subjFillType, PolyFillType clipFillType) { - if (m_ExecuteLocked) - return false; - m_ExecuteLocked = true; - m_SubjFillType = subjFillType; - m_ClipFillType = clipFillType; - m_ClipType = clipType; - m_UsingPolyTree = true; - bool succeeded = ExecuteInternal(); - if (succeeded) - BuildResult2(polytree); - DisposeAllOutRecs(); - m_ExecuteLocked = false; - return succeeded; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::FixHoleLinkage(OutRec &outrec) { - // skip OutRecs that (a) contain outermost polygons or - //(b) already have the correct owner/child linkage ... - if (!outrec.FirstLeft || - (outrec.IsHole != outrec.FirstLeft->IsHole && outrec.FirstLeft->Pts)) - return; - - OutRec *orfl = outrec.FirstLeft; - while (orfl && ((orfl->IsHole == outrec.IsHole) || !orfl->Pts)) - orfl = orfl->FirstLeft; - outrec.FirstLeft = orfl; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::ExecuteInternal() { - bool succeeded = true; - try { - Reset(); - m_Maxima = MaximaList(); - m_SortedEdges = 0; - - succeeded = true; - cInt botY, topY; - if (!PopScanbeam(botY)) - return false; - InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(botY); - while (PopScanbeam(topY) || LocalMinimaPending()) { - ProcessHorizontals(); - ClearGhostJoins(); - if (!ProcessIntersections(topY)) { - succeeded = false; - break; - } - ProcessEdgesAtTopOfScanbeam(topY); - botY = topY; - InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(botY); - } - } catch (...) { - succeeded = false; - } - - if (succeeded) { - // fix orientations ... - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - if (!outRec->Pts || outRec->IsOpen) - continue; - if ((outRec->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec) > 0)) - ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec->Pts); - } - - if (!m_Joins.empty()) - JoinCommonEdges(); - - // unfortunately FixupOutPolygon() must be done after JoinCommonEdges() - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - if (!outRec->Pts) - continue; - if (outRec->IsOpen) - FixupOutPolyline(*outRec); - else - FixupOutPolygon(*outRec); - } - - if (m_StrictSimple) - DoSimplePolygons(); - } - - ClearJoins(); - ClearGhostJoins(); - return succeeded; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::SetWindingCount(TEdge &edge) { - TEdge *e = edge.PrevInAEL; - // find the edge of the same polytype that immediately preceeds 'edge' in AEL - while (e && ((e->PolyTyp != edge.PolyTyp) || (e->WindDelta == 0))) - e = e->PrevInAEL; - if (!e) { - if (edge.WindDelta == 0) { - PolyFillType pft = - (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject ? m_SubjFillType : m_ClipFillType); - edge.WindCnt = (pft == pftNegative ? -1 : 1); - } else - edge.WindCnt = edge.WindDelta; - edge.WindCnt2 = 0; - e = m_ActiveEdges; // ie get ready to calc WindCnt2 - } else if (edge.WindDelta == 0 && m_ClipType != ctUnion) { - edge.WindCnt = 1; - edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2; - e = e->NextInAEL; // ie get ready to calc WindCnt2 - } else if (IsEvenOddFillType(edge)) { - // EvenOdd filling ... - if (edge.WindDelta == 0) { - // are we inside a subj polygon ... - bool Inside = true; - TEdge *e2 = e->PrevInAEL; - while (e2) { - if (e2->PolyTyp == e->PolyTyp && e2->WindDelta != 0) - Inside = !Inside; - e2 = e2->PrevInAEL; - } - edge.WindCnt = (Inside ? 0 : 1); - } else { - edge.WindCnt = edge.WindDelta; - } - edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2; - e = e->NextInAEL; // ie get ready to calc WindCnt2 - } else { - // nonZero, Positive or Negative filling ... - if (e->WindCnt * e->WindDelta < 0) { - // prev edge is 'decreasing' WindCount (WC) toward zero - // so we're outside the previous polygon ... - if (Abs(e->WindCnt) > 1) { - // outside prev poly but still inside another. - // when reversing direction of prev poly use the same WC - if (e->WindDelta * edge.WindDelta < 0) - edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt; - // otherwise continue to 'decrease' WC ... - else - edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt + edge.WindDelta; - } else - // now outside all polys of same polytype so set own WC ... - edge.WindCnt = (edge.WindDelta == 0 ? 1 : edge.WindDelta); - } else { - // prev edge is 'increasing' WindCount (WC) away from zero - // so we're inside the previous polygon ... - if (edge.WindDelta == 0) - edge.WindCnt = (e->WindCnt < 0 ? e->WindCnt - 1 : e->WindCnt + 1); - // if wind direction is reversing prev then use same WC - else if (e->WindDelta * edge.WindDelta < 0) - edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt; - // otherwise add to WC ... - else - edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt + edge.WindDelta; - } - edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2; - e = e->NextInAEL; // ie get ready to calc WindCnt2 - } - - // update WindCnt2 ... - if (IsEvenOddAltFillType(edge)) { - // EvenOdd filling ... - while (e != &edge) { - if (e->WindDelta != 0) - edge.WindCnt2 = (edge.WindCnt2 == 0 ? 1 : 0); - e = e->NextInAEL; - } - } else { - // nonZero, Positive or Negative filling ... - while (e != &edge) { - edge.WindCnt2 += e->WindDelta; - e = e->NextInAEL; - } - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::IsEvenOddFillType(const TEdge &edge) const { - if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject) - return m_SubjFillType == pftEvenOdd; - else - return m_ClipFillType == pftEvenOdd; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::IsEvenOddAltFillType(const TEdge &edge) const { - if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject) - return m_ClipFillType == pftEvenOdd; - else - return m_SubjFillType == pftEvenOdd; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::IsContributing(const TEdge &edge) const { - PolyFillType pft, pft2; - if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject) { - pft = m_SubjFillType; - pft2 = m_ClipFillType; - } else { - pft = m_ClipFillType; - pft2 = m_SubjFillType; - } - - switch (pft) { - case pftEvenOdd: - // return false if a subj line has been flagged as inside a subj polygon - if (edge.WindDelta == 0 && edge.WindCnt != 1) - return false; - break; - case pftNonZero: - if (Abs(edge.WindCnt) != 1) - return false; - break; - case pftPositive: - if (edge.WindCnt != 1) - return false; - break; - default: // pftNegative - if (edge.WindCnt != -1) - return false; - } - - switch (m_ClipType) { - case ctIntersection: - switch (pft2) { - case pftEvenOdd: - case pftNonZero: - return (edge.WindCnt2 != 0); - case pftPositive: - return (edge.WindCnt2 > 0); - default: - return (edge.WindCnt2 < 0); - } - break; - case ctUnion: - switch (pft2) { - case pftEvenOdd: - case pftNonZero: - return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0); - case pftPositive: - return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0); - default: - return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0); - } - break; - case ctDifference: - if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject) - switch (pft2) { - case pftEvenOdd: - case pftNonZero: - return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0); - case pftPositive: - return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0); - default: - return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0); - } - else - switch (pft2) { - case pftEvenOdd: - case pftNonZero: - return (edge.WindCnt2 != 0); - case pftPositive: - return (edge.WindCnt2 > 0); - default: - return (edge.WindCnt2 < 0); - } - break; - case ctXor: - if (edge.WindDelta == 0) // XOr always contributing unless open - switch (pft2) { - case pftEvenOdd: - case pftNonZero: - return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0); - case pftPositive: - return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0); - default: - return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0); - } - else - return true; - break; - default: - return true; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutPt *Clipper::AddLocalMinPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &Pt) { - OutPt *result; - TEdge *e, *prevE; - if (IsHorizontal(*e2) || (e1->Dx > e2->Dx)) { - result = AddOutPt(e1, Pt); - e2->OutIdx = e1->OutIdx; - e1->Side = esLeft; - e2->Side = esRight; - e = e1; - if (e->PrevInAEL == e2) - prevE = e2->PrevInAEL; - else - prevE = e->PrevInAEL; - } else { - result = AddOutPt(e2, Pt); - e1->OutIdx = e2->OutIdx; - e1->Side = esRight; - e2->Side = esLeft; - e = e2; - if (e->PrevInAEL == e1) - prevE = e1->PrevInAEL; - else - prevE = e->PrevInAEL; - } - - if (prevE && prevE->OutIdx >= 0 && prevE->Top.Y < Pt.Y && e->Top.Y < Pt.Y) { - cInt xPrev = TopX(*prevE, Pt.Y); - cInt xE = TopX(*e, Pt.Y); - if (xPrev == xE && (e->WindDelta != 0) && (prevE->WindDelta != 0) && - SlopesEqual(IntPoint(xPrev, Pt.Y), prevE->Top, IntPoint(xE, Pt.Y), - e->Top, m_UseFullRange)) { - OutPt *outPt = AddOutPt(prevE, Pt); - AddJoin(result, outPt, e->Top); - } - } - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::AddLocalMaxPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &Pt) { - AddOutPt(e1, Pt); - if (e2->WindDelta == 0) - AddOutPt(e2, Pt); - if (e1->OutIdx == e2->OutIdx) { - e1->OutIdx = Unassigned; - e2->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } else if (e1->OutIdx < e2->OutIdx) - AppendPolygon(e1, e2); - else - AppendPolygon(e2, e1); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::AddEdgeToSEL(TEdge *edge) { - // SEL pointers in PEdge are reused to build a list of horizontal edges. - // However, we don't need to worry about order with horizontal edge - // processing. - if (!m_SortedEdges) { - m_SortedEdges = edge; - edge->PrevInSEL = 0; - edge->NextInSEL = 0; - } else { - edge->NextInSEL = m_SortedEdges; - edge->PrevInSEL = 0; - m_SortedEdges->PrevInSEL = edge; - m_SortedEdges = edge; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::PopEdgeFromSEL(TEdge *&edge) { - if (!m_SortedEdges) - return false; - edge = m_SortedEdges; - DeleteFromSEL(m_SortedEdges); - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::CopyAELToSEL() { - TEdge *e = m_ActiveEdges; - m_SortedEdges = e; - while (e) { - e->PrevInSEL = e->PrevInAEL; - e->NextInSEL = e->NextInAEL; - e = e->NextInAEL; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::AddJoin(OutPt *op1, OutPt *op2, const IntPoint OffPt) { - Join *j = new Join; - j->OutPt1 = op1; - j->OutPt2 = op2; - j->OffPt = OffPt; - m_Joins.push_back(j); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::ClearJoins() { - for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_Joins.size(); i++) - delete m_Joins[i]; - m_Joins.resize(0); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::ClearGhostJoins() { - for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_GhostJoins.size(); i++) - delete m_GhostJoins[i]; - m_GhostJoins.resize(0); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::AddGhostJoin(OutPt *op, const IntPoint OffPt) { - Join *j = new Join; - j->OutPt1 = op; - j->OutPt2 = 0; - j->OffPt = OffPt; - m_GhostJoins.push_back(j); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(const cInt botY) { - const LocalMinimum *lm; - while (PopLocalMinima(botY, lm)) { - TEdge *lb = lm->LeftBound; - TEdge *rb = lm->RightBound; - - OutPt *Op1 = 0; - if (!lb) { - // nb: don't insert LB into either AEL or SEL - InsertEdgeIntoAEL(rb, 0); - SetWindingCount(*rb); - if (IsContributing(*rb)) - Op1 = AddOutPt(rb, rb->Bot); - } else if (!rb) { - InsertEdgeIntoAEL(lb, 0); - SetWindingCount(*lb); - if (IsContributing(*lb)) - Op1 = AddOutPt(lb, lb->Bot); - InsertScanbeam(lb->Top.Y); - } else { - InsertEdgeIntoAEL(lb, 0); - InsertEdgeIntoAEL(rb, lb); - SetWindingCount(*lb); - rb->WindCnt = lb->WindCnt; - rb->WindCnt2 = lb->WindCnt2; - if (IsContributing(*lb)) - Op1 = AddLocalMinPoly(lb, rb, lb->Bot); - InsertScanbeam(lb->Top.Y); - } - - if (rb) { - if (IsHorizontal(*rb)) { - AddEdgeToSEL(rb); - if (rb->NextInLML) - InsertScanbeam(rb->NextInLML->Top.Y); - } else - InsertScanbeam(rb->Top.Y); - } - - if (!lb || !rb) - continue; - - // if any output polygons share an edge, they'll need joining later ... - if (Op1 && IsHorizontal(*rb) && m_GhostJoins.size() > 0 && - (rb->WindDelta != 0)) { - for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_GhostJoins.size(); ++i) { - Join *jr = m_GhostJoins[i]; - // if the horizontal Rb and a 'ghost' horizontal overlap, then convert - // the 'ghost' join to a real join ready for later ... - if (HorzSegmentsOverlap(jr->OutPt1->Pt.X, jr->OffPt.X, rb->Bot.X, - rb->Top.X)) - AddJoin(jr->OutPt1, Op1, jr->OffPt); - } - } - - if (lb->OutIdx >= 0 && lb->PrevInAEL && - lb->PrevInAEL->Curr.X == lb->Bot.X && lb->PrevInAEL->OutIdx >= 0 && - SlopesEqual(lb->PrevInAEL->Bot, lb->PrevInAEL->Top, lb->Curr, lb->Top, - m_UseFullRange) && - (lb->WindDelta != 0) && (lb->PrevInAEL->WindDelta != 0)) { - OutPt *Op2 = AddOutPt(lb->PrevInAEL, lb->Bot); - AddJoin(Op1, Op2, lb->Top); - } - - if (lb->NextInAEL != rb) { - - if (rb->OutIdx >= 0 && rb->PrevInAEL->OutIdx >= 0 && - SlopesEqual(rb->PrevInAEL->Curr, rb->PrevInAEL->Top, rb->Curr, - rb->Top, m_UseFullRange) && - (rb->WindDelta != 0) && (rb->PrevInAEL->WindDelta != 0)) { - OutPt *Op2 = AddOutPt(rb->PrevInAEL, rb->Bot); - AddJoin(Op1, Op2, rb->Top); - } - - TEdge *e = lb->NextInAEL; - if (e) { - while (e != rb) { - // nb: For calculating winding counts etc, IntersectEdges() assumes - // that param1 will be to the Right of param2 ABOVE the intersection - // ... - IntersectEdges(rb, e, lb->Curr); // order important here - e = e->NextInAEL; - } - } - } - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::DeleteFromSEL(TEdge *e) { - TEdge *SelPrev = e->PrevInSEL; - TEdge *SelNext = e->NextInSEL; - if (!SelPrev && !SelNext && (e != m_SortedEdges)) - return; // already deleted - if (SelPrev) - SelPrev->NextInSEL = SelNext; - else - m_SortedEdges = SelNext; - if (SelNext) - SelNext->PrevInSEL = SelPrev; - e->NextInSEL = 0; - e->PrevInSEL = 0; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -#ifdef use_xyz -void Clipper::SetZ(IntPoint &pt, TEdge &e1, TEdge &e2) { - if (pt.Z != 0 || !m_ZFill) - return; - else if (pt == e1.Bot) - pt.Z = e1.Bot.Z; - else if (pt == e1.Top) - pt.Z = e1.Top.Z; - else if (pt == e2.Bot) - pt.Z = e2.Bot.Z; - else if (pt == e2.Top) - pt.Z = e2.Top.Z; - else - (*m_ZFill)(e1.Bot, e1.Top, e2.Bot, e2.Top, pt); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#endif - -void Clipper::IntersectEdges(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, IntPoint &Pt) { - bool e1Contributing = (e1->OutIdx >= 0); - bool e2Contributing = (e2->OutIdx >= 0); - -#ifdef use_xyz - SetZ(Pt, *e1, *e2); -#endif - -#ifdef use_lines - // if either edge is on an OPEN path ... - if (e1->WindDelta == 0 || e2->WindDelta == 0) { - // ignore subject-subject open path intersections UNLESS they - // are both open paths, AND they are both 'contributing maximas' ... - if (e1->WindDelta == 0 && e2->WindDelta == 0) - return; - - // if intersecting a subj line with a subj poly ... - else if (e1->PolyTyp == e2->PolyTyp && e1->WindDelta != e2->WindDelta && - m_ClipType == ctUnion) { - if (e1->WindDelta == 0) { - if (e2Contributing) { - AddOutPt(e1, Pt); - if (e1Contributing) - e1->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - } else { - if (e1Contributing) { - AddOutPt(e2, Pt); - if (e2Contributing) - e2->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - } - } else if (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp) { - // toggle subj open path OutIdx on/off when Abs(clip.WndCnt) == 1 ... - if ((e1->WindDelta == 0) && abs(e2->WindCnt) == 1 && - (m_ClipType != ctUnion || e2->WindCnt2 == 0)) { - AddOutPt(e1, Pt); - if (e1Contributing) - e1->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } else if ((e2->WindDelta == 0) && (abs(e1->WindCnt) == 1) && - (m_ClipType != ctUnion || e1->WindCnt2 == 0)) { - AddOutPt(e2, Pt); - if (e2Contributing) - e2->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - } - return; - } -#endif - - // update winding counts... - // assumes that e1 will be to the Right of e2 ABOVE the intersection - if (e1->PolyTyp == e2->PolyTyp) { - if (IsEvenOddFillType(*e1)) { - int oldE1WindCnt = e1->WindCnt; - e1->WindCnt = e2->WindCnt; - e2->WindCnt = oldE1WindCnt; - } else { - if (e1->WindCnt + e2->WindDelta == 0) - e1->WindCnt = -e1->WindCnt; - else - e1->WindCnt += e2->WindDelta; - if (e2->WindCnt - e1->WindDelta == 0) - e2->WindCnt = -e2->WindCnt; - else - e2->WindCnt -= e1->WindDelta; - } - } else { - if (!IsEvenOddFillType(*e2)) - e1->WindCnt2 += e2->WindDelta; - else - e1->WindCnt2 = (e1->WindCnt2 == 0) ? 1 : 0; - if (!IsEvenOddFillType(*e1)) - e2->WindCnt2 -= e1->WindDelta; - else - e2->WindCnt2 = (e2->WindCnt2 == 0) ? 1 : 0; - } - - PolyFillType e1FillType, e2FillType, e1FillType2, e2FillType2; - if (e1->PolyTyp == ptSubject) { - e1FillType = m_SubjFillType; - e1FillType2 = m_ClipFillType; - } else { - e1FillType = m_ClipFillType; - e1FillType2 = m_SubjFillType; - } - if (e2->PolyTyp == ptSubject) { - e2FillType = m_SubjFillType; - e2FillType2 = m_ClipFillType; - } else { - e2FillType = m_ClipFillType; - e2FillType2 = m_SubjFillType; - } - - cInt e1Wc, e2Wc; - switch (e1FillType) { - case pftPositive: - e1Wc = e1->WindCnt; - break; - case pftNegative: - e1Wc = -e1->WindCnt; - break; - default: - e1Wc = Abs(e1->WindCnt); - } - switch (e2FillType) { - case pftPositive: - e2Wc = e2->WindCnt; - break; - case pftNegative: - e2Wc = -e2->WindCnt; - break; - default: - e2Wc = Abs(e2->WindCnt); - } - - if (e1Contributing && e2Contributing) { - if ((e1Wc != 0 && e1Wc != 1) || (e2Wc != 0 && e2Wc != 1) || - (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp && m_ClipType != ctXor)) { - AddLocalMaxPoly(e1, e2, Pt); - } else { - AddOutPt(e1, Pt); - AddOutPt(e2, Pt); - SwapSides(*e1, *e2); - SwapPolyIndexes(*e1, *e2); - } - } else if (e1Contributing) { - if (e2Wc == 0 || e2Wc == 1) { - AddOutPt(e1, Pt); - SwapSides(*e1, *e2); - SwapPolyIndexes(*e1, *e2); - } - } else if (e2Contributing) { - if (e1Wc == 0 || e1Wc == 1) { - AddOutPt(e2, Pt); - SwapSides(*e1, *e2); - SwapPolyIndexes(*e1, *e2); - } - } else if ((e1Wc == 0 || e1Wc == 1) && (e2Wc == 0 || e2Wc == 1)) { - // neither edge is currently contributing ... - - cInt e1Wc2, e2Wc2; - switch (e1FillType2) { - case pftPositive: - e1Wc2 = e1->WindCnt2; - break; - case pftNegative: - e1Wc2 = -e1->WindCnt2; - break; - default: - e1Wc2 = Abs(e1->WindCnt2); - } - switch (e2FillType2) { - case pftPositive: - e2Wc2 = e2->WindCnt2; - break; - case pftNegative: - e2Wc2 = -e2->WindCnt2; - break; - default: - e2Wc2 = Abs(e2->WindCnt2); - } - - if (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp) { - AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); - } else if (e1Wc == 1 && e2Wc == 1) - switch (m_ClipType) { - case ctIntersection: - if (e1Wc2 > 0 && e2Wc2 > 0) - AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); - break; - case ctUnion: - if (e1Wc2 <= 0 && e2Wc2 <= 0) - AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); - break; - case ctDifference: - if (((e1->PolyTyp == ptClip) && (e1Wc2 > 0) && (e2Wc2 > 0)) || - ((e1->PolyTyp == ptSubject) && (e1Wc2 <= 0) && (e2Wc2 <= 0))) - AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); - break; - case ctXor: - AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); - } - else - SwapSides(*e1, *e2); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::SetHoleState(TEdge *e, OutRec *outrec) { - TEdge *e2 = e->PrevInAEL; - TEdge *eTmp = 0; - while (e2) { - if (e2->OutIdx >= 0 && e2->WindDelta != 0) { - if (!eTmp) - eTmp = e2; - else if (eTmp->OutIdx == e2->OutIdx) - eTmp = 0; - } - e2 = e2->PrevInAEL; - } - if (!eTmp) { - outrec->FirstLeft = 0; - outrec->IsHole = false; - } else { - outrec->FirstLeft = m_PolyOuts[eTmp->OutIdx]; - outrec->IsHole = !outrec->FirstLeft->IsHole; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutRec *GetLowermostRec(OutRec *outRec1, OutRec *outRec2) { - // work out which polygon fragment has the correct hole state ... - if (!outRec1->BottomPt) - outRec1->BottomPt = GetBottomPt(outRec1->Pts); - if (!outRec2->BottomPt) - outRec2->BottomPt = GetBottomPt(outRec2->Pts); - OutPt *OutPt1 = outRec1->BottomPt; - OutPt *OutPt2 = outRec2->BottomPt; - if (OutPt1->Pt.Y > OutPt2->Pt.Y) - return outRec1; - else if (OutPt1->Pt.Y < OutPt2->Pt.Y) - return outRec2; - else if (OutPt1->Pt.X < OutPt2->Pt.X) - return outRec1; - else if (OutPt1->Pt.X > OutPt2->Pt.X) - return outRec2; - else if (OutPt1->Next == OutPt1) - return outRec2; - else if (OutPt2->Next == OutPt2) - return outRec1; - else if (FirstIsBottomPt(OutPt1, OutPt2)) - return outRec1; - else - return outRec2; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(OutRec *outRec1, OutRec *outRec2) { - do { - outRec1 = outRec1->FirstLeft; - if (outRec1 == outRec2) - return true; - } while (outRec1); - return false; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutRec *Clipper::GetOutRec(int Idx) { - OutRec *outrec = m_PolyOuts[Idx]; - while (outrec != m_PolyOuts[outrec->Idx]) - outrec = m_PolyOuts[outrec->Idx]; - return outrec; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::AppendPolygon(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2) { - // get the start and ends of both output polygons ... - OutRec *outRec1 = m_PolyOuts[e1->OutIdx]; - OutRec *outRec2 = m_PolyOuts[e2->OutIdx]; - - OutRec *holeStateRec; - if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec1, outRec2)) - holeStateRec = outRec2; - else if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec2, outRec1)) - holeStateRec = outRec1; - else - holeStateRec = GetLowermostRec(outRec1, outRec2); - - // get the start and ends of both output polygons and - // join e2 poly onto e1 poly and delete pointers to e2 ... - - OutPt *p1_lft = outRec1->Pts; - OutPt *p1_rt = p1_lft->Prev; - OutPt *p2_lft = outRec2->Pts; - OutPt *p2_rt = p2_lft->Prev; - - // join e2 poly onto e1 poly and delete pointers to e2 ... - if (e1->Side == esLeft) { - if (e2->Side == esLeft) { - // z y x a b c - ReversePolyPtLinks(p2_lft); - p2_lft->Next = p1_lft; - p1_lft->Prev = p2_lft; - p1_rt->Next = p2_rt; - p2_rt->Prev = p1_rt; - outRec1->Pts = p2_rt; - } else { - // x y z a b c - p2_rt->Next = p1_lft; - p1_lft->Prev = p2_rt; - p2_lft->Prev = p1_rt; - p1_rt->Next = p2_lft; - outRec1->Pts = p2_lft; - } - } else { - if (e2->Side == esRight) { - // a b c z y x - ReversePolyPtLinks(p2_lft); - p1_rt->Next = p2_rt; - p2_rt->Prev = p1_rt; - p2_lft->Next = p1_lft; - p1_lft->Prev = p2_lft; - } else { - // a b c x y z - p1_rt->Next = p2_lft; - p2_lft->Prev = p1_rt; - p1_lft->Prev = p2_rt; - p2_rt->Next = p1_lft; - } - } - - outRec1->BottomPt = 0; - if (holeStateRec == outRec2) { - if (outRec2->FirstLeft != outRec1) - outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2->FirstLeft; - outRec1->IsHole = outRec2->IsHole; - } - outRec2->Pts = 0; - outRec2->BottomPt = 0; - outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1; - - int OKIdx = e1->OutIdx; - int ObsoleteIdx = e2->OutIdx; - - e1->OutIdx = - Unassigned; // nb: safe because we only get here via AddLocalMaxPoly - e2->OutIdx = Unassigned; - - TEdge *e = m_ActiveEdges; - while (e) { - if (e->OutIdx == ObsoleteIdx) { - e->OutIdx = OKIdx; - e->Side = e1->Side; - break; - } - e = e->NextInAEL; - } - - outRec2->Idx = outRec1->Idx; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutPt *Clipper::AddOutPt(TEdge *e, const IntPoint &pt) { - if (e->OutIdx < 0) { - OutRec *outRec = CreateOutRec(); - outRec->IsOpen = (e->WindDelta == 0); - OutPt *newOp = new OutPt; - outRec->Pts = newOp; - newOp->Idx = outRec->Idx; - newOp->Pt = pt; - newOp->Next = newOp; - newOp->Prev = newOp; - if (!outRec->IsOpen) - SetHoleState(e, outRec); - e->OutIdx = outRec->Idx; - return newOp; - } else { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[e->OutIdx]; - // OutRec.Pts is the 'Left-most' point & OutRec.Pts.Prev is the 'Right-most' - OutPt *op = outRec->Pts; - - bool ToFront = (e->Side == esLeft); - if (ToFront && (pt == op->Pt)) - return op; - else if (!ToFront && (pt == op->Prev->Pt)) - return op->Prev; - - OutPt *newOp = new OutPt; - newOp->Idx = outRec->Idx; - newOp->Pt = pt; - newOp->Next = op; - newOp->Prev = op->Prev; - newOp->Prev->Next = newOp; - op->Prev = newOp; - if (ToFront) - outRec->Pts = newOp; - return newOp; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutPt *Clipper::GetLastOutPt(TEdge *e) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[e->OutIdx]; - if (e->Side == esLeft) - return outRec->Pts; - else - return outRec->Pts->Prev; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::ProcessHorizontals() { - TEdge *horzEdge; - while (PopEdgeFromSEL(horzEdge)) - ProcessHorizontal(horzEdge); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline bool IsMinima(TEdge *e) { - return e && (e->Prev->NextInLML != e) && (e->Next->NextInLML != e); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline bool IsMaxima(TEdge *e, const cInt Y) { - return e && e->Top.Y == Y && !e->NextInLML; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline bool IsIntermediate(TEdge *e, const cInt Y) { - return e->Top.Y == Y && e->NextInLML; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TEdge *GetMaximaPair(TEdge *e) { - if ((e->Next->Top == e->Top) && !e->Next->NextInLML) - return e->Next; - else if ((e->Prev->Top == e->Top) && !e->Prev->NextInLML) - return e->Prev; - else - return 0; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TEdge *GetMaximaPairEx(TEdge *e) { - // as GetMaximaPair() but returns 0 if MaxPair isn't in AEL (unless it's - // horizontal) - TEdge *result = GetMaximaPair(e); - if (result && - (result->OutIdx == Skip || - (result->NextInAEL == result->PrevInAEL && !IsHorizontal(*result)))) - return 0; - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::SwapPositionsInSEL(TEdge *Edge1, TEdge *Edge2) { - if (!(Edge1->NextInSEL) && !(Edge1->PrevInSEL)) - return; - if (!(Edge2->NextInSEL) && !(Edge2->PrevInSEL)) - return; - - if (Edge1->NextInSEL == Edge2) { - TEdge *Next = Edge2->NextInSEL; - if (Next) - Next->PrevInSEL = Edge1; - TEdge *Prev = Edge1->PrevInSEL; - if (Prev) - Prev->NextInSEL = Edge2; - Edge2->PrevInSEL = Prev; - Edge2->NextInSEL = Edge1; - Edge1->PrevInSEL = Edge2; - Edge1->NextInSEL = Next; - } else if (Edge2->NextInSEL == Edge1) { - TEdge *Next = Edge1->NextInSEL; - if (Next) - Next->PrevInSEL = Edge2; - TEdge *Prev = Edge2->PrevInSEL; - if (Prev) - Prev->NextInSEL = Edge1; - Edge1->PrevInSEL = Prev; - Edge1->NextInSEL = Edge2; - Edge2->PrevInSEL = Edge1; - Edge2->NextInSEL = Next; - } else { - TEdge *Next = Edge1->NextInSEL; - TEdge *Prev = Edge1->PrevInSEL; - Edge1->NextInSEL = Edge2->NextInSEL; - if (Edge1->NextInSEL) - Edge1->NextInSEL->PrevInSEL = Edge1; - Edge1->PrevInSEL = Edge2->PrevInSEL; - if (Edge1->PrevInSEL) - Edge1->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = Edge1; - Edge2->NextInSEL = Next; - if (Edge2->NextInSEL) - Edge2->NextInSEL->PrevInSEL = Edge2; - Edge2->PrevInSEL = Prev; - if (Edge2->PrevInSEL) - Edge2->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = Edge2; - } - - if (!Edge1->PrevInSEL) - m_SortedEdges = Edge1; - else if (!Edge2->PrevInSEL) - m_SortedEdges = Edge2; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -TEdge *GetNextInAEL(TEdge *e, Direction dir) { - return dir == dLeftToRight ? e->NextInAEL : e->PrevInAEL; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void GetHorzDirection(TEdge &HorzEdge, Direction &Dir, cInt &Left, - cInt &Right) { - if (HorzEdge.Bot.X < HorzEdge.Top.X) { - Left = HorzEdge.Bot.X; - Right = HorzEdge.Top.X; - Dir = dLeftToRight; - } else { - Left = HorzEdge.Top.X; - Right = HorzEdge.Bot.X; - Dir = dRightToLeft; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Notes: Horizontal edges (HEs) at scanline intersections (ie at the Top or * -* Bottom of a scanbeam) are processed as if layered. The order in which HEs * -* are processed doesn't matter. HEs intersect with other HE Bot.Xs only [#] * -* (or they could intersect with Top.Xs only, ie EITHER Bot.Xs OR Top.Xs), * -* and with other non-horizontal edges [*]. Once these intersections are * -* processed, intermediate HEs then 'promote' the Edge above (NextInLML) into * -* the AEL. These 'promoted' edges may in turn intersect [%] with other HEs. * -*******************************************************************************/ - -void Clipper::ProcessHorizontal(TEdge *horzEdge) { - Direction dir; - cInt horzLeft, horzRight; - bool IsOpen = (horzEdge->WindDelta == 0); - - GetHorzDirection(*horzEdge, dir, horzLeft, horzRight); - - TEdge *eLastHorz = horzEdge, *eMaxPair = 0; - while (eLastHorz->NextInLML && IsHorizontal(*eLastHorz->NextInLML)) - eLastHorz = eLastHorz->NextInLML; - if (!eLastHorz->NextInLML) - eMaxPair = GetMaximaPair(eLastHorz); - - MaximaList::const_iterator maxIt; - MaximaList::const_reverse_iterator maxRit; - if (m_Maxima.size() > 0) { - // get the first maxima in range (X) ... - if (dir == dLeftToRight) { - maxIt = m_Maxima.begin(); - while (maxIt != m_Maxima.end() && *maxIt <= horzEdge->Bot.X) - maxIt++; - if (maxIt != m_Maxima.end() && *maxIt >= eLastHorz->Top.X) - maxIt = m_Maxima.end(); - } else { - maxRit = m_Maxima.rbegin(); - while (maxRit != m_Maxima.rend() && *maxRit > horzEdge->Bot.X) - maxRit++; - if (maxRit != m_Maxima.rend() && *maxRit <= eLastHorz->Top.X) - maxRit = m_Maxima.rend(); - } - } - - OutPt *op1 = 0; - - for (;;) // loop through consec. horizontal edges - { - - bool IsLastHorz = (horzEdge == eLastHorz); - TEdge *e = GetNextInAEL(horzEdge, dir); - while (e) { - - // this code block inserts extra coords into horizontal edges (in output - // polygons) whereever maxima touch these horizontal edges. This helps - //'simplifying' polygons (ie if the Simplify property is set). - if (m_Maxima.size() > 0) { - if (dir == dLeftToRight) { - while (maxIt != m_Maxima.end() && *maxIt < e->Curr.X) { - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !IsOpen) - AddOutPt(horzEdge, IntPoint(*maxIt, horzEdge->Bot.Y)); - maxIt++; - } - } else { - while (maxRit != m_Maxima.rend() && *maxRit > e->Curr.X) { - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !IsOpen) - AddOutPt(horzEdge, IntPoint(*maxRit, horzEdge->Bot.Y)); - maxRit++; - } - } - }; - - if ((dir == dLeftToRight && e->Curr.X > horzRight) || - (dir == dRightToLeft && e->Curr.X < horzLeft)) - break; - - // Also break if we've got to the end of an intermediate horizontal edge - // ... - // nb: Smaller Dx's are to the right of larger Dx's ABOVE the horizontal. - if (e->Curr.X == horzEdge->Top.X && horzEdge->NextInLML && - e->Dx < horzEdge->NextInLML->Dx) - break; - - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !IsOpen) // note: may be done multiple times - { -#ifdef use_xyz - if (dir == dLeftToRight) - SetZ(e->Curr, *horzEdge, *e); - else - SetZ(e->Curr, *e, *horzEdge); -#endif - op1 = AddOutPt(horzEdge, e->Curr); - TEdge *eNextHorz = m_SortedEdges; - while (eNextHorz) { - if (eNextHorz->OutIdx >= 0 && - HorzSegmentsOverlap(horzEdge->Bot.X, horzEdge->Top.X, - eNextHorz->Bot.X, eNextHorz->Top.X)) { - OutPt *op2 = GetLastOutPt(eNextHorz); - AddJoin(op2, op1, eNextHorz->Top); - } - eNextHorz = eNextHorz->NextInSEL; - } - AddGhostJoin(op1, horzEdge->Bot); - } - - // OK, so far we're still in range of the horizontal Edge but make sure - // we're at the last of consec. horizontals when matching with eMaxPair - if (e == eMaxPair && IsLastHorz) { - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) - AddLocalMaxPoly(horzEdge, eMaxPair, horzEdge->Top); - DeleteFromAEL(horzEdge); - DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair); - return; - } - - if (dir == dLeftToRight) { - IntPoint Pt = IntPoint(e->Curr.X, horzEdge->Curr.Y); - IntersectEdges(horzEdge, e, Pt); - } else { - IntPoint Pt = IntPoint(e->Curr.X, horzEdge->Curr.Y); - IntersectEdges(e, horzEdge, Pt); - } - TEdge *eNext = GetNextInAEL(e, dir); - SwapPositionsInAEL(horzEdge, e); - e = eNext; - } // end while(e) - - // Break out of loop if HorzEdge.NextInLML is not also horizontal ... - if (!horzEdge->NextInLML || !IsHorizontal(*horzEdge->NextInLML)) - break; - - UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge); - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) - AddOutPt(horzEdge, horzEdge->Bot); - GetHorzDirection(*horzEdge, dir, horzLeft, horzRight); - - } // end for (;;) - - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !op1) { - op1 = GetLastOutPt(horzEdge); - TEdge *eNextHorz = m_SortedEdges; - while (eNextHorz) { - if (eNextHorz->OutIdx >= 0 && - HorzSegmentsOverlap(horzEdge->Bot.X, horzEdge->Top.X, - eNextHorz->Bot.X, eNextHorz->Top.X)) { - OutPt *op2 = GetLastOutPt(eNextHorz); - AddJoin(op2, op1, eNextHorz->Top); - } - eNextHorz = eNextHorz->NextInSEL; - } - AddGhostJoin(op1, horzEdge->Top); - } - - if (horzEdge->NextInLML) { - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) { - op1 = AddOutPt(horzEdge, horzEdge->Top); - UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge); - if (horzEdge->WindDelta == 0) - return; - // nb: HorzEdge is no longer horizontal here - TEdge *ePrev = horzEdge->PrevInAEL; - TEdge *eNext = horzEdge->NextInAEL; - if (ePrev && ePrev->Curr.X == horzEdge->Bot.X && - ePrev->Curr.Y == horzEdge->Bot.Y && ePrev->WindDelta != 0 && - (ePrev->OutIdx >= 0 && ePrev->Curr.Y > ePrev->Top.Y && - SlopesEqual(*horzEdge, *ePrev, m_UseFullRange))) { - OutPt *op2 = AddOutPt(ePrev, horzEdge->Bot); - AddJoin(op1, op2, horzEdge->Top); - } else if (eNext && eNext->Curr.X == horzEdge->Bot.X && - eNext->Curr.Y == horzEdge->Bot.Y && eNext->WindDelta != 0 && - eNext->OutIdx >= 0 && eNext->Curr.Y > eNext->Top.Y && - SlopesEqual(*horzEdge, *eNext, m_UseFullRange)) { - OutPt *op2 = AddOutPt(eNext, horzEdge->Bot); - AddJoin(op1, op2, horzEdge->Top); - } - } else - UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge); - } else { - if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) - AddOutPt(horzEdge, horzEdge->Top); - DeleteFromAEL(horzEdge); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::ProcessIntersections(const cInt topY) { - if (!m_ActiveEdges) - return true; - try { - BuildIntersectList(topY); - size_t IlSize = m_IntersectList.size(); - if (IlSize == 0) - return true; - if (IlSize == 1 || FixupIntersectionOrder()) - ProcessIntersectList(); - else - return false; - } catch (...) { - m_SortedEdges = 0; - DisposeIntersectNodes(); - throw clipperException("ProcessIntersections error"); - } - m_SortedEdges = 0; - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::DisposeIntersectNodes() { - for (size_t i = 0; i < m_IntersectList.size(); ++i) - delete m_IntersectList[i]; - m_IntersectList.clear(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::BuildIntersectList(const cInt topY) { - if (!m_ActiveEdges) - return; - - // prepare for sorting ... - TEdge *e = m_ActiveEdges; - m_SortedEdges = e; - while (e) { - e->PrevInSEL = e->PrevInAEL; - e->NextInSEL = e->NextInAEL; - e->Curr.X = TopX(*e, topY); - e = e->NextInAEL; - } - - // bubblesort ... - bool isModified; - do { - isModified = false; - e = m_SortedEdges; - while (e->NextInSEL) { - TEdge *eNext = e->NextInSEL; - IntPoint Pt; - if (e->Curr.X > eNext->Curr.X) { - IntersectPoint(*e, *eNext, Pt); - if (Pt.Y < topY) - Pt = IntPoint(TopX(*e, topY), topY); - IntersectNode *newNode = new IntersectNode; - newNode->Edge1 = e; - newNode->Edge2 = eNext; - newNode->Pt = Pt; - m_IntersectList.push_back(newNode); - - SwapPositionsInSEL(e, eNext); - isModified = true; - } else - e = eNext; - } - if (e->PrevInSEL) - e->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = 0; - else - break; - } while (isModified); - m_SortedEdges = 0; // important -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::ProcessIntersectList() { - for (size_t i = 0; i < m_IntersectList.size(); ++i) { - IntersectNode *iNode = m_IntersectList[i]; - { - IntersectEdges(iNode->Edge1, iNode->Edge2, iNode->Pt); - SwapPositionsInAEL(iNode->Edge1, iNode->Edge2); - } - delete iNode; - } - m_IntersectList.clear(); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool IntersectListSort(IntersectNode *node1, IntersectNode *node2) { - return node2->Pt.Y < node1->Pt.Y; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline bool EdgesAdjacent(const IntersectNode &inode) { - return (inode.Edge1->NextInSEL == inode.Edge2) || - (inode.Edge1->PrevInSEL == inode.Edge2); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::FixupIntersectionOrder() { - // pre-condition: intersections are sorted Bottom-most first. - // Now it's crucial that intersections are made only between adjacent edges, - // so to ensure this the order of intersections may need adjusting ... - CopyAELToSEL(); - std::sort(m_IntersectList.begin(), m_IntersectList.end(), IntersectListSort); - size_t cnt = m_IntersectList.size(); - for (size_t i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) { - if (!EdgesAdjacent(*m_IntersectList[i])) { - size_t j = i + 1; - while (j < cnt && !EdgesAdjacent(*m_IntersectList[j])) - j++; - if (j == cnt) - return false; - std::swap(m_IntersectList[i], m_IntersectList[j]); - } - SwapPositionsInSEL(m_IntersectList[i]->Edge1, m_IntersectList[i]->Edge2); - } - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::DoMaxima(TEdge *e) { - TEdge *eMaxPair = GetMaximaPairEx(e); - if (!eMaxPair) { - if (e->OutIdx >= 0) - AddOutPt(e, e->Top); - DeleteFromAEL(e); - return; - } - - TEdge *eNext = e->NextInAEL; - while (eNext && eNext != eMaxPair) { - IntersectEdges(e, eNext, e->Top); - SwapPositionsInAEL(e, eNext); - eNext = e->NextInAEL; - } - - if (e->OutIdx == Unassigned && eMaxPair->OutIdx == Unassigned) { - DeleteFromAEL(e); - DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair); - } else if (e->OutIdx >= 0 && eMaxPair->OutIdx >= 0) { - if (e->OutIdx >= 0) - AddLocalMaxPoly(e, eMaxPair, e->Top); - DeleteFromAEL(e); - DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair); - } -#ifdef use_lines - else if (e->WindDelta == 0) { - if (e->OutIdx >= 0) { - AddOutPt(e, e->Top); - e->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - DeleteFromAEL(e); - - if (eMaxPair->OutIdx >= 0) { - AddOutPt(eMaxPair, e->Top); - eMaxPair->OutIdx = Unassigned; - } - DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair); - } -#endif - else - throw clipperException("DoMaxima error"); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::ProcessEdgesAtTopOfScanbeam(const cInt topY) { - TEdge *e = m_ActiveEdges; - while (e) { - // 1. process maxima, treating them as if they're 'bent' horizontal edges, - // but exclude maxima with horizontal edges. nb: e can't be a horizontal. - bool IsMaximaEdge = IsMaxima(e, topY); - - if (IsMaximaEdge) { - TEdge *eMaxPair = GetMaximaPairEx(e); - IsMaximaEdge = (!eMaxPair || !IsHorizontal(*eMaxPair)); - } - - if (IsMaximaEdge) { - if (m_StrictSimple) - m_Maxima.push_back(e->Top.X); - TEdge *ePrev = e->PrevInAEL; - DoMaxima(e); - if (!ePrev) - e = m_ActiveEdges; - else - e = ePrev->NextInAEL; - } else { - // 2. promote horizontal edges, otherwise update Curr.X and Curr.Y ... - if (IsIntermediate(e, topY) && IsHorizontal(*e->NextInLML)) { - UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(e); - if (e->OutIdx >= 0) - AddOutPt(e, e->Bot); - AddEdgeToSEL(e); - } else { - e->Curr.X = TopX(*e, topY); - e->Curr.Y = topY; -#ifdef use_xyz - e->Curr.Z = - topY == e->Top.Y ? e->Top.Z : (topY == e->Bot.Y ? e->Bot.Z : 0); -#endif - } - - // When StrictlySimple and 'e' is being touched by another edge, then - // make sure both edges have a vertex here ... - if (m_StrictSimple) { - TEdge *ePrev = e->PrevInAEL; - if ((e->OutIdx >= 0) && (e->WindDelta != 0) && ePrev && - (ePrev->OutIdx >= 0) && (ePrev->Curr.X == e->Curr.X) && - (ePrev->WindDelta != 0)) { - IntPoint pt = e->Curr; -#ifdef use_xyz - SetZ(pt, *ePrev, *e); -#endif - OutPt *op = AddOutPt(ePrev, pt); - OutPt *op2 = AddOutPt(e, pt); - AddJoin(op, op2, pt); // StrictlySimple (type-3) join - } - } - - e = e->NextInAEL; - } - } - - // 3. Process horizontals at the Top of the scanbeam ... - m_Maxima.sort(); - ProcessHorizontals(); - m_Maxima.clear(); - - // 4. Promote intermediate vertices ... - e = m_ActiveEdges; - while (e) { - if (IsIntermediate(e, topY)) { - OutPt *op = 0; - if (e->OutIdx >= 0) - op = AddOutPt(e, e->Top); - UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(e); - - // if output polygons share an edge, they'll need joining later ... - TEdge *ePrev = e->PrevInAEL; - TEdge *eNext = e->NextInAEL; - if (ePrev && ePrev->Curr.X == e->Bot.X && ePrev->Curr.Y == e->Bot.Y && - op && ePrev->OutIdx >= 0 && ePrev->Curr.Y > ePrev->Top.Y && - SlopesEqual(e->Curr, e->Top, ePrev->Curr, ePrev->Top, - m_UseFullRange) && - (e->WindDelta != 0) && (ePrev->WindDelta != 0)) { - OutPt *op2 = AddOutPt(ePrev, e->Bot); - AddJoin(op, op2, e->Top); - } else if (eNext && eNext->Curr.X == e->Bot.X && - eNext->Curr.Y == e->Bot.Y && op && eNext->OutIdx >= 0 && - eNext->Curr.Y > eNext->Top.Y && - SlopesEqual(e->Curr, e->Top, eNext->Curr, eNext->Top, - m_UseFullRange) && - (e->WindDelta != 0) && (eNext->WindDelta != 0)) { - OutPt *op2 = AddOutPt(eNext, e->Bot); - AddJoin(op, op2, e->Top); - } - } - e = e->NextInAEL; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::FixupOutPolyline(OutRec &outrec) { - OutPt *pp = outrec.Pts; - OutPt *lastPP = pp->Prev; - while (pp != lastPP) { - pp = pp->Next; - if (pp->Pt == pp->Prev->Pt) { - if (pp == lastPP) - lastPP = pp->Prev; - OutPt *tmpPP = pp->Prev; - tmpPP->Next = pp->Next; - pp->Next->Prev = tmpPP; - delete pp; - pp = tmpPP; - } - } - - if (pp == pp->Prev) { - DisposeOutPts(pp); - outrec.Pts = 0; - return; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::FixupOutPolygon(OutRec &outrec) { - // FixupOutPolygon() - removes duplicate points and simplifies consecutive - // parallel edges by removing the middle vertex. - OutPt *lastOK = 0; - outrec.BottomPt = 0; - OutPt *pp = outrec.Pts; - bool preserveCol = m_PreserveCollinear || m_StrictSimple; - - for (;;) { - if (pp->Prev == pp || pp->Prev == pp->Next) { - DisposeOutPts(pp); - outrec.Pts = 0; - return; - } - - // test for duplicate points and collinear edges ... - if ((pp->Pt == pp->Next->Pt) || (pp->Pt == pp->Prev->Pt) || - (SlopesEqual(pp->Prev->Pt, pp->Pt, pp->Next->Pt, m_UseFullRange) && - (!preserveCol || - !Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(pp->Prev->Pt, pp->Pt, pp->Next->Pt)))) { - lastOK = 0; - OutPt *tmp = pp; - pp->Prev->Next = pp->Next; - pp->Next->Prev = pp->Prev; - pp = pp->Prev; - delete tmp; - } else if (pp == lastOK) - break; - else { - if (!lastOK) - lastOK = pp; - pp = pp->Next; - } - } - outrec.Pts = pp; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -int PointCount(OutPt *Pts) { - if (!Pts) - return 0; - int result = 0; - OutPt *p = Pts; - do { - result++; - p = p->Next; - } while (p != Pts); - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::BuildResult(Paths &polys) { - polys.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size()); - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { - if (!m_PolyOuts[i]->Pts) - continue; - Path pg; - OutPt *p = m_PolyOuts[i]->Pts->Prev; - int cnt = PointCount(p); - if (cnt < 2) - continue; - pg.reserve(cnt); - for (int i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) { - pg.push_back(p->Pt); - p = p->Prev; - } - polys.push_back(pg); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::BuildResult2(PolyTree &polytree) { - polytree.Clear(); - polytree.AllNodes.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size()); - // add each output polygon/contour to polytree ... - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); i++) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - int cnt = PointCount(outRec->Pts); - if ((outRec->IsOpen && cnt < 2) || (!outRec->IsOpen && cnt < 3)) - continue; - FixHoleLinkage(*outRec); - PolyNode *pn = new PolyNode(); - // nb: polytree takes ownership of all the PolyNodes - polytree.AllNodes.push_back(pn); - outRec->PolyNd = pn; - pn->Parent = 0; - pn->Index = 0; - pn->Contour.reserve(cnt); - OutPt *op = outRec->Pts->Prev; - for (int j = 0; j < cnt; j++) { - pn->Contour.push_back(op->Pt); - op = op->Prev; - } - } - - // fixup PolyNode links etc ... - polytree.Childs.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size()); - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); i++) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - if (!outRec->PolyNd) - continue; - if (outRec->IsOpen) { - outRec->PolyNd->m_IsOpen = true; - polytree.AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd); - } else if (outRec->FirstLeft && outRec->FirstLeft->PolyNd) - outRec->FirstLeft->PolyNd->AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd); - else - polytree.AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void SwapIntersectNodes(IntersectNode &int1, IntersectNode &int2) { - // just swap the contents (because fIntersectNodes is a single-linked-list) - IntersectNode inode = int1; // gets a copy of Int1 - int1.Edge1 = int2.Edge1; - int1.Edge2 = int2.Edge2; - int1.Pt = int2.Pt; - int2.Edge1 = inode.Edge1; - int2.Edge2 = inode.Edge2; - int2.Pt = inode.Pt; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline bool E2InsertsBeforeE1(TEdge &e1, TEdge &e2) { - if (e2.Curr.X == e1.Curr.X) { - if (e2.Top.Y > e1.Top.Y) - return e2.Top.X < TopX(e1, e2.Top.Y); - else - return e1.Top.X > TopX(e2, e1.Top.Y); - } else - return e2.Curr.X < e1.Curr.X; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool GetOverlap(const cInt a1, const cInt a2, const cInt b1, const cInt b2, - cInt &Left, cInt &Right) { - if (a1 < a2) { - if (b1 < b2) { - Left = std::max(a1, b1); - Right = std::min(a2, b2); - } else { - Left = std::max(a1, b2); - Right = std::min(a2, b1); - } - } else { - if (b1 < b2) { - Left = std::max(a2, b1); - Right = std::min(a1, b2); - } else { - Left = std::max(a2, b2); - Right = std::min(a1, b1); - } - } - return Left < Right; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline void UpdateOutPtIdxs(OutRec &outrec) { - OutPt *op = outrec.Pts; - do { - op->Idx = outrec.Idx; - op = op->Prev; - } while (op != outrec.Pts); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::InsertEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *edge, TEdge *startEdge) { - if (!m_ActiveEdges) { - edge->PrevInAEL = 0; - edge->NextInAEL = 0; - m_ActiveEdges = edge; - } else if (!startEdge && E2InsertsBeforeE1(*m_ActiveEdges, *edge)) { - edge->PrevInAEL = 0; - edge->NextInAEL = m_ActiveEdges; - m_ActiveEdges->PrevInAEL = edge; - m_ActiveEdges = edge; - } else { - if (!startEdge) - startEdge = m_ActiveEdges; - while (startEdge->NextInAEL && - !E2InsertsBeforeE1(*startEdge->NextInAEL, *edge)) - startEdge = startEdge->NextInAEL; - edge->NextInAEL = startEdge->NextInAEL; - if (startEdge->NextInAEL) - startEdge->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = edge; - edge->PrevInAEL = startEdge; - startEdge->NextInAEL = edge; - } -} -//---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -OutPt *DupOutPt(OutPt *outPt, bool InsertAfter) { - OutPt *result = new OutPt; - result->Pt = outPt->Pt; - result->Idx = outPt->Idx; - if (InsertAfter) { - result->Next = outPt->Next; - result->Prev = outPt; - outPt->Next->Prev = result; - outPt->Next = result; - } else { - result->Prev = outPt->Prev; - result->Next = outPt; - outPt->Prev->Next = result; - outPt->Prev = result; - } - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool JoinHorz(OutPt *op1, OutPt *op1b, OutPt *op2, OutPt *op2b, - const IntPoint Pt, bool DiscardLeft) { - Direction Dir1 = (op1->Pt.X > op1b->Pt.X ? dRightToLeft : dLeftToRight); - Direction Dir2 = (op2->Pt.X > op2b->Pt.X ? dRightToLeft : dLeftToRight); - if (Dir1 == Dir2) - return false; - - // When DiscardLeft, we want Op1b to be on the Left of Op1, otherwise we - // want Op1b to be on the Right. (And likewise with Op2 and Op2b.) - // So, to facilitate this while inserting Op1b and Op2b ... - // when DiscardLeft, make sure we're AT or RIGHT of Pt before adding Op1b, - // otherwise make sure we're AT or LEFT of Pt. (Likewise with Op2b.) - if (Dir1 == dLeftToRight) { - while (op1->Next->Pt.X <= Pt.X && op1->Next->Pt.X >= op1->Pt.X && - op1->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) - op1 = op1->Next; - if (DiscardLeft && (op1->Pt.X != Pt.X)) - op1 = op1->Next; - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, !DiscardLeft); - if (op1b->Pt != Pt) { - op1 = op1b; - op1->Pt = Pt; - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, !DiscardLeft); - } - } else { - while (op1->Next->Pt.X >= Pt.X && op1->Next->Pt.X <= op1->Pt.X && - op1->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) - op1 = op1->Next; - if (!DiscardLeft && (op1->Pt.X != Pt.X)) - op1 = op1->Next; - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, DiscardLeft); - if (op1b->Pt != Pt) { - op1 = op1b; - op1->Pt = Pt; - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, DiscardLeft); - } - } - - if (Dir2 == dLeftToRight) { - while (op2->Next->Pt.X <= Pt.X && op2->Next->Pt.X >= op2->Pt.X && - op2->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) - op2 = op2->Next; - if (DiscardLeft && (op2->Pt.X != Pt.X)) - op2 = op2->Next; - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, !DiscardLeft); - if (op2b->Pt != Pt) { - op2 = op2b; - op2->Pt = Pt; - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, !DiscardLeft); - }; - } else { - while (op2->Next->Pt.X >= Pt.X && op2->Next->Pt.X <= op2->Pt.X && - op2->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) - op2 = op2->Next; - if (!DiscardLeft && (op2->Pt.X != Pt.X)) - op2 = op2->Next; - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, DiscardLeft); - if (op2b->Pt != Pt) { - op2 = op2b; - op2->Pt = Pt; - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, DiscardLeft); - }; - }; - - if ((Dir1 == dLeftToRight) == DiscardLeft) { - op1->Prev = op2; - op2->Next = op1; - op1b->Next = op2b; - op2b->Prev = op1b; - } else { - op1->Next = op2; - op2->Prev = op1; - op1b->Prev = op2b; - op2b->Next = op1b; - } - return true; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool Clipper::JoinPoints(Join *j, OutRec *outRec1, OutRec *outRec2) { - OutPt *op1 = j->OutPt1, *op1b; - OutPt *op2 = j->OutPt2, *op2b; - - // There are 3 kinds of joins for output polygons ... - // 1. Horizontal joins where Join.OutPt1 & Join.OutPt2 are vertices anywhere - // along (horizontal) collinear edges (& Join.OffPt is on the same - // horizontal). - // 2. Non-horizontal joins where Join.OutPt1 & Join.OutPt2 are at the same - // location at the Bottom of the overlapping segment (& Join.OffPt is above). - // 3. StrictSimple joins where edges touch but are not collinear and where - // Join.OutPt1, Join.OutPt2 & Join.OffPt all share the same point. - bool isHorizontal = (j->OutPt1->Pt.Y == j->OffPt.Y); - - if (isHorizontal && (j->OffPt == j->OutPt1->Pt) && - (j->OffPt == j->OutPt2->Pt)) { - // Strictly Simple join ... - if (outRec1 != outRec2) - return false; - op1b = j->OutPt1->Next; - while (op1b != op1 && (op1b->Pt == j->OffPt)) - op1b = op1b->Next; - bool reverse1 = (op1b->Pt.Y > j->OffPt.Y); - op2b = j->OutPt2->Next; - while (op2b != op2 && (op2b->Pt == j->OffPt)) - op2b = op2b->Next; - bool reverse2 = (op2b->Pt.Y > j->OffPt.Y); - if (reverse1 == reverse2) - return false; - if (reverse1) { - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, false); - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, true); - op1->Prev = op2; - op2->Next = op1; - op1b->Next = op2b; - op2b->Prev = op1b; - j->OutPt1 = op1; - j->OutPt2 = op1b; - return true; - } else { - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, true); - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, false); - op1->Next = op2; - op2->Prev = op1; - op1b->Prev = op2b; - op2b->Next = op1b; - j->OutPt1 = op1; - j->OutPt2 = op1b; - return true; - } - } else if (isHorizontal) { - // treat horizontal joins differently to non-horizontal joins since with - // them we're not yet sure where the overlapping is. OutPt1.Pt & OutPt2.Pt - // may be anywhere along the horizontal edge. - op1b = op1; - while (op1->Prev->Pt.Y == op1->Pt.Y && op1->Prev != op1b && - op1->Prev != op2) - op1 = op1->Prev; - while (op1b->Next->Pt.Y == op1b->Pt.Y && op1b->Next != op1 && - op1b->Next != op2) - op1b = op1b->Next; - if (op1b->Next == op1 || op1b->Next == op2) - return false; // a flat 'polygon' - - op2b = op2; - while (op2->Prev->Pt.Y == op2->Pt.Y && op2->Prev != op2b && - op2->Prev != op1b) - op2 = op2->Prev; - while (op2b->Next->Pt.Y == op2b->Pt.Y && op2b->Next != op2 && - op2b->Next != op1) - op2b = op2b->Next; - if (op2b->Next == op2 || op2b->Next == op1) - return false; // a flat 'polygon' - - cInt Left, Right; - // Op1 --> Op1b & Op2 --> Op2b are the extremites of the horizontal edges - if (!GetOverlap(op1->Pt.X, op1b->Pt.X, op2->Pt.X, op2b->Pt.X, Left, Right)) - return false; - - // DiscardLeftSide: when overlapping edges are joined, a spike will created - // which needs to be cleaned up. However, we don't want Op1 or Op2 caught up - // on the discard Side as either may still be needed for other joins ... - IntPoint Pt; - bool DiscardLeftSide; - if (op1->Pt.X >= Left && op1->Pt.X <= Right) { - Pt = op1->Pt; - DiscardLeftSide = (op1->Pt.X > op1b->Pt.X); - } else if (op2->Pt.X >= Left && op2->Pt.X <= Right) { - Pt = op2->Pt; - DiscardLeftSide = (op2->Pt.X > op2b->Pt.X); - } else if (op1b->Pt.X >= Left && op1b->Pt.X <= Right) { - Pt = op1b->Pt; - DiscardLeftSide = op1b->Pt.X > op1->Pt.X; - } else { - Pt = op2b->Pt; - DiscardLeftSide = (op2b->Pt.X > op2->Pt.X); - } - j->OutPt1 = op1; - j->OutPt2 = op2; - return JoinHorz(op1, op1b, op2, op2b, Pt, DiscardLeftSide); - } else { - // nb: For non-horizontal joins ... - // 1. Jr.OutPt1.Pt.Y == Jr.OutPt2.Pt.Y - // 2. Jr.OutPt1.Pt > Jr.OffPt.Y - - // make sure the polygons are correctly oriented ... - op1b = op1->Next; - while ((op1b->Pt == op1->Pt) && (op1b != op1)) - op1b = op1b->Next; - bool Reverse1 = ((op1b->Pt.Y > op1->Pt.Y) || - !SlopesEqual(op1->Pt, op1b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)); - if (Reverse1) { - op1b = op1->Prev; - while ((op1b->Pt == op1->Pt) && (op1b != op1)) - op1b = op1b->Prev; - if ((op1b->Pt.Y > op1->Pt.Y) || - !SlopesEqual(op1->Pt, op1b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)) - return false; - }; - op2b = op2->Next; - while ((op2b->Pt == op2->Pt) && (op2b != op2)) - op2b = op2b->Next; - bool Reverse2 = ((op2b->Pt.Y > op2->Pt.Y) || - !SlopesEqual(op2->Pt, op2b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)); - if (Reverse2) { - op2b = op2->Prev; - while ((op2b->Pt == op2->Pt) && (op2b != op2)) - op2b = op2b->Prev; - if ((op2b->Pt.Y > op2->Pt.Y) || - !SlopesEqual(op2->Pt, op2b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)) - return false; - } - - if ((op1b == op1) || (op2b == op2) || (op1b == op2b) || - ((outRec1 == outRec2) && (Reverse1 == Reverse2))) - return false; - - if (Reverse1) { - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, false); - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, true); - op1->Prev = op2; - op2->Next = op1; - op1b->Next = op2b; - op2b->Prev = op1b; - j->OutPt1 = op1; - j->OutPt2 = op1b; - return true; - } else { - op1b = DupOutPt(op1, true); - op2b = DupOutPt(op2, false); - op1->Next = op2; - op2->Prev = op1; - op1b->Prev = op2b; - op2b->Next = op1b; - j->OutPt1 = op1; - j->OutPt2 = op1b; - return true; - } - } -} -//---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -static OutRec *ParseFirstLeft(OutRec *FirstLeft) { - while (FirstLeft && !FirstLeft->Pts) - FirstLeft = FirstLeft->FirstLeft; - return FirstLeft; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts1(OutRec *OldOutRec, OutRec *NewOutRec) { - // tests if NewOutRec contains the polygon before reassigning FirstLeft - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - OutRec *firstLeft = ParseFirstLeft(outRec->FirstLeft); - if (outRec->Pts && firstLeft == OldOutRec) { - if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec->Pts, NewOutRec->Pts)) - outRec->FirstLeft = NewOutRec; - } - } -} -//---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts2(OutRec *InnerOutRec, OutRec *OuterOutRec) { - // A polygon has split into two such that one is now the inner of the other. - // It's possible that these polygons now wrap around other polygons, so check - // every polygon that's also contained by OuterOutRec's FirstLeft container - //(including 0) to see if they've become inner to the new inner polygon ... - OutRec *orfl = OuterOutRec->FirstLeft; - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - - if (!outRec->Pts || outRec == OuterOutRec || outRec == InnerOutRec) - continue; - OutRec *firstLeft = ParseFirstLeft(outRec->FirstLeft); - if (firstLeft != orfl && firstLeft != InnerOutRec && - firstLeft != OuterOutRec) - continue; - if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec->Pts, InnerOutRec->Pts)) - outRec->FirstLeft = InnerOutRec; - else if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec->Pts, OuterOutRec->Pts)) - outRec->FirstLeft = OuterOutRec; - else if (outRec->FirstLeft == InnerOutRec || - outRec->FirstLeft == OuterOutRec) - outRec->FirstLeft = orfl; - } -} -//---------------------------------------------------------------------- -void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts3(OutRec *OldOutRec, OutRec *NewOutRec) { - // reassigns FirstLeft WITHOUT testing if NewOutRec contains the polygon - for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { - OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; - OutRec *firstLeft = ParseFirstLeft(outRec->FirstLeft); - if (outRec->Pts && firstLeft == OldOutRec) - outRec->FirstLeft = NewOutRec; - } -} -//---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -void Clipper::JoinCommonEdges() { - for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_Joins.size(); i++) { - Join *join = m_Joins[i]; - - OutRec *outRec1 = GetOutRec(join->OutPt1->Idx); - OutRec *outRec2 = GetOutRec(join->OutPt2->Idx); - - if (!outRec1->Pts || !outRec2->Pts) - continue; - if (outRec1->IsOpen || outRec2->IsOpen) - continue; - - // get the polygon fragment with the correct hole state (FirstLeft) - // before calling JoinPoints() ... - OutRec *holeStateRec; - if (outRec1 == outRec2) - holeStateRec = outRec1; - else if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec1, outRec2)) - holeStateRec = outRec2; - else if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec2, outRec1)) - holeStateRec = outRec1; - else - holeStateRec = GetLowermostRec(outRec1, outRec2); - - if (!JoinPoints(join, outRec1, outRec2)) - continue; - - if (outRec1 == outRec2) { - // instead of joining two polygons, we've just created a new one by - // splitting one polygon into two. - outRec1->Pts = join->OutPt1; - outRec1->BottomPt = 0; - outRec2 = CreateOutRec(); - outRec2->Pts = join->OutPt2; - - // update all OutRec2.Pts Idx's ... - UpdateOutPtIdxs(*outRec2); - - if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec2->Pts, outRec1->Pts)) { - // outRec1 contains outRec2 ... - outRec2->IsHole = !outRec1->IsHole; - outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1; - - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts2(outRec2, outRec1); - - if ((outRec2->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec2) > 0)) - ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec2->Pts); - - } else if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec1->Pts, outRec2->Pts)) { - // outRec2 contains outRec1 ... - outRec2->IsHole = outRec1->IsHole; - outRec1->IsHole = !outRec2->IsHole; - outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1->FirstLeft; - outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2; - - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts2(outRec1, outRec2); - - if ((outRec1->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec1) > 0)) - ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec1->Pts); - } else { - // the 2 polygons are completely separate ... - outRec2->IsHole = outRec1->IsHole; - outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1->FirstLeft; - - // fixup FirstLeft pointers that may need reassigning to OutRec2 - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts1(outRec1, outRec2); - } - - } else { - // joined 2 polygons together ... - - outRec2->Pts = 0; - outRec2->BottomPt = 0; - outRec2->Idx = outRec1->Idx; - - outRec1->IsHole = holeStateRec->IsHole; - if (holeStateRec == outRec2) - outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2->FirstLeft; - outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1; - - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts3(outRec2, outRec1); - } - } -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// ClipperOffset support functions ... -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -DoublePoint GetUnitNormal(const IntPoint &pt1, const IntPoint &pt2) { - if (pt2.X == pt1.X && pt2.Y == pt1.Y) - return DoublePoint(0, 0); - - double Dx = (double)(pt2.X - pt1.X); - double dy = (double)(pt2.Y - pt1.Y); - double f = 1 * 1.0 / std::sqrt(Dx * Dx + dy * dy); - Dx *= f; - dy *= f; - return DoublePoint(dy, -Dx); -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// ClipperOffset class -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -ClipperOffset::ClipperOffset(double miterLimit, double arcTolerance) { - this->MiterLimit = miterLimit; - this->ArcTolerance = arcTolerance; - m_lowest.X = -1; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -ClipperOffset::~ClipperOffset() { Clear(); } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::Clear() { - for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i) - delete m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; - m_polyNodes.Childs.clear(); - m_lowest.X = -1; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::AddPath(const Path &path, JoinType joinType, - EndType endType) { - int highI = (int)path.size() - 1; - if (highI < 0) - return; - PolyNode *newNode = new PolyNode(); - newNode->m_jointype = joinType; - newNode->m_endtype = endType; - - // strip duplicate points from path and also get index to the lowest point ... - if (endType == etClosedLine || endType == etClosedPolygon) - while (highI > 0 && path[0] == path[highI]) - highI--; - newNode->Contour.reserve(highI + 1); - newNode->Contour.push_back(path[0]); - int j = 0, k = 0; - for (int i = 1; i <= highI; i++) - if (newNode->Contour[j] != path[i]) { - j++; - newNode->Contour.push_back(path[i]); - if (path[i].Y > newNode->Contour[k].Y || - (path[i].Y == newNode->Contour[k].Y && - path[i].X < newNode->Contour[k].X)) - k = j; - } - if (endType == etClosedPolygon && j < 2) { - delete newNode; - return; - } - m_polyNodes.AddChild(*newNode); - - // if this path's lowest pt is lower than all the others then update m_lowest - if (endType != etClosedPolygon) - return; - if (m_lowest.X < 0) - m_lowest = IntPoint(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() - 1, k); - else { - IntPoint ip = m_polyNodes.Childs[(int)m_lowest.X]->Contour[(int)m_lowest.Y]; - if (newNode->Contour[k].Y > ip.Y || - (newNode->Contour[k].Y == ip.Y && newNode->Contour[k].X < ip.X)) - m_lowest = IntPoint(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() - 1, k); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::AddPaths(const Paths &paths, JoinType joinType, - EndType endType) { - for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < paths.size(); ++i) - AddPath(paths[i], joinType, endType); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::FixOrientations() { - // fixup orientations of all closed paths if the orientation of the - // closed path with the lowermost vertex is wrong ... - if (m_lowest.X >= 0 && - !Orientation(m_polyNodes.Childs[(int)m_lowest.X]->Contour)) { - for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i) { - PolyNode &node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; - if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon || - (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine && Orientation(node.Contour))) - ReversePath(node.Contour); - } - } else { - for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i) { - PolyNode &node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; - if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine && !Orientation(node.Contour)) - ReversePath(node.Contour); - } - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::Execute(Paths &solution, double delta) { - solution.clear(); - FixOrientations(); - DoOffset(delta); - - // now clean up 'corners' ... - Clipper clpr; - clpr.AddPaths(m_destPolys, ptSubject, true); - if (delta > 0) { - clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftPositive, pftPositive); - } else { - IntRect r = clpr.GetBounds(); - Path outer(4); - outer[0] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.bottom + 10); - outer[1] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.bottom + 10); - outer[2] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.top - 10); - outer[3] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.top - 10); - - clpr.AddPath(outer, ptSubject, true); - clpr.ReverseSolution(true); - clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNegative, pftNegative); - if (solution.size() > 0) - solution.erase(solution.begin()); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::Execute(PolyTree &solution, double delta) { - solution.Clear(); - FixOrientations(); - DoOffset(delta); - - // now clean up 'corners' ... - Clipper clpr; - clpr.AddPaths(m_destPolys, ptSubject, true); - if (delta > 0) { - clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftPositive, pftPositive); - } else { - IntRect r = clpr.GetBounds(); - Path outer(4); - outer[0] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.bottom + 10); - outer[1] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.bottom + 10); - outer[2] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.top - 10); - outer[3] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.top - 10); - - clpr.AddPath(outer, ptSubject, true); - clpr.ReverseSolution(true); - clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNegative, pftNegative); - // remove the outer PolyNode rectangle ... - if (solution.ChildCount() == 1 && solution.Childs[0]->ChildCount() > 0) { - PolyNode *outerNode = solution.Childs[0]; - solution.Childs.reserve(outerNode->ChildCount()); - solution.Childs[0] = outerNode->Childs[0]; - solution.Childs[0]->Parent = outerNode->Parent; - for (int i = 1; i < outerNode->ChildCount(); ++i) - solution.AddChild(*outerNode->Childs[i]); - } else - solution.Clear(); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::DoOffset(double delta) { - m_destPolys.clear(); - m_delta = delta; - - // if Zero offset, just copy any CLOSED polygons to m_p and return ... - if (NEAR_ZERO(delta)) { - m_destPolys.reserve(m_polyNodes.ChildCount()); - for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); i++) { - PolyNode &node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; - if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon) - m_destPolys.push_back(node.Contour); - } - return; - } - - // see offset_triginometry3.svg in the documentation folder ... - if (MiterLimit > 2) - m_miterLim = 2 / (MiterLimit * MiterLimit); - else - m_miterLim = 0.5; - - double y; - if (ArcTolerance <= 0.0) - y = def_arc_tolerance; - else if (ArcTolerance > std::fabs(delta) * def_arc_tolerance) - y = std::fabs(delta) * def_arc_tolerance; - else - y = ArcTolerance; - // see offset_triginometry2.svg in the documentation folder ... - double steps = pi / std::acos(1 - y / std::fabs(delta)); - if (steps > std::fabs(delta) * pi) - steps = std::fabs(delta) * pi; // ie excessive precision check - m_sin = std::sin(two_pi / steps); - m_cos = std::cos(two_pi / steps); - m_StepsPerRad = steps / two_pi; - if (delta < 0.0) - m_sin = -m_sin; - - m_destPolys.reserve(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() * 2); - for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); i++) { - PolyNode &node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; - m_srcPoly = node.Contour; - - int len = (int)m_srcPoly.size(); - if (len == 0 || - (delta <= 0 && (len < 3 || node.m_endtype != etClosedPolygon))) - continue; - - m_destPoly.clear(); - if (len == 1) { - if (node.m_jointype == jtRound) { - double X = 1.0, Y = 0.0; - for (cInt j = 1; j <= steps; j++) { - m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + X * delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + Y * delta))); - double X2 = X; - X = X * m_cos - m_sin * Y; - Y = X2 * m_sin + Y * m_cos; - } - } else { - double X = -1.0, Y = -1.0; - for (int j = 0; j < 4; ++j) { - m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + X * delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + Y * delta))); - if (X < 0) - X = 1; - else if (Y < 0) - Y = 1; - else - X = -1; - } - } - m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); - continue; - } - // build m_normals ... - m_normals.clear(); - m_normals.reserve(len); - for (int j = 0; j < len - 1; ++j) - m_normals.push_back(GetUnitNormal(m_srcPoly[j], m_srcPoly[j + 1])); - if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine || node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon) - m_normals.push_back(GetUnitNormal(m_srcPoly[len - 1], m_srcPoly[0])); - else - m_normals.push_back(DoublePoint(m_normals[len - 2])); - - if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon) { - int k = len - 1; - for (int j = 0; j < len; ++j) - OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); - m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); - } else if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine) { - int k = len - 1; - for (int j = 0; j < len; ++j) - OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); - m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); - m_destPoly.clear(); - // re-build m_normals ... - DoublePoint n = m_normals[len - 1]; - for (int j = len - 1; j > 0; j--) - m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j - 1].X, -m_normals[j - 1].Y); - m_normals[0] = DoublePoint(-n.X, -n.Y); - k = 0; - for (int j = len - 1; j >= 0; j--) - OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); - m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); - } else { - int k = 0; - for (int j = 1; j < len - 1; ++j) - OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); - - IntPoint pt1; - if (node.m_endtype == etOpenButt) { - int j = len - 1; - pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X * delta), - (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * delta)); - m_destPoly.push_back(pt1); - pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].X - m_normals[j].X * delta), - (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y - m_normals[j].Y * delta)); - m_destPoly.push_back(pt1); - } else { - int j = len - 1; - k = len - 2; - m_sinA = 0; - m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j].X, -m_normals[j].Y); - if (node.m_endtype == etOpenSquare) - DoSquare(j, k); - else - DoRound(j, k); - } - - // re-build m_normals ... - for (int j = len - 1; j > 0; j--) - m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j - 1].X, -m_normals[j - 1].Y); - m_normals[0] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[1].X, -m_normals[1].Y); - - k = len - 1; - for (int j = k - 1; j > 0; --j) - OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); - - if (node.m_endtype == etOpenButt) { - pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].X - m_normals[0].X * delta), - (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y - m_normals[0].Y * delta)); - m_destPoly.push_back(pt1); - pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + m_normals[0].X * delta), - (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + m_normals[0].Y * delta)); - m_destPoly.push_back(pt1); - } else { - k = 1; - m_sinA = 0; - if (node.m_endtype == etOpenSquare) - DoSquare(0, 1); - else - DoRound(0, 1); - } - m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); - } - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::OffsetPoint(int j, int &k, JoinType jointype) { - // cross product ... - m_sinA = (m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].Y - m_normals[j].X * m_normals[k].Y); - if (std::fabs(m_sinA * m_delta) < 1.0) { - // dot product ... - double cosA = - (m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + m_normals[j].Y * m_normals[k].Y); - if (cosA > 0) // angle => 0 degrees - { - m_destPoly.push_back( - IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[k].X * m_delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[k].Y * m_delta))); - return; - } - // else angle => 180 degrees - } else if (m_sinA > 1.0) - m_sinA = 1.0; - else if (m_sinA < -1.0) - m_sinA = -1.0; - - if (m_sinA * m_delta < 0) { - m_destPoly.push_back( - IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[k].X * m_delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[k].Y * m_delta))); - m_destPoly.push_back(m_srcPoly[j]); - m_destPoly.push_back( - IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X * m_delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * m_delta))); - } else - switch (jointype) { - case jtMiter: { - double r = 1 + (m_normals[j].X * m_normals[k].X + - m_normals[j].Y * m_normals[k].Y); - if (r >= m_miterLim) - DoMiter(j, k, r); - else - DoSquare(j, k); - break; - } - case jtSquare: - DoSquare(j, k); - break; - case jtRound: - DoRound(j, k); - break; - } - k = j; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::DoSquare(int j, int k) { - double dx = std::tan(std::atan2(m_sinA, m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + - m_normals[k].Y * m_normals[j].Y) / - 4); - m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint( - Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_delta * (m_normals[k].X - m_normals[k].Y * dx)), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + - m_delta * (m_normals[k].Y + m_normals[k].X * dx)))); - m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint( - Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_delta * (m_normals[j].X + m_normals[j].Y * dx)), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + - m_delta * (m_normals[j].Y - m_normals[j].X * dx)))); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::DoMiter(int j, int k, double r) { - double q = m_delta / r; - m_destPoly.push_back( - IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + (m_normals[k].X + m_normals[j].X) * q), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + (m_normals[k].Y + m_normals[j].Y) * q))); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClipperOffset::DoRound(int j, int k) { - double a = std::atan2(m_sinA, m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + - m_normals[k].Y * m_normals[j].Y); - int steps = std::max((int)Round(m_StepsPerRad * std::fabs(a)), 1); - - double X = m_normals[k].X, Y = m_normals[k].Y, X2; - for (int i = 0; i < steps; ++i) { - m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + X * m_delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + Y * m_delta))); - X2 = X; - X = X * m_cos - m_sin * Y; - Y = X2 * m_sin + Y * m_cos; - } - m_destPoly.push_back( - IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X * m_delta), - Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * m_delta))); -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// Miscellaneous public functions -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Clipper::DoSimplePolygons() { - PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; - while (i < m_PolyOuts.size()) { - OutRec *outrec = m_PolyOuts[i++]; - OutPt *op = outrec->Pts; - if (!op || outrec->IsOpen) - continue; - do // for each Pt in Polygon until duplicate found do ... - { - OutPt *op2 = op->Next; - while (op2 != outrec->Pts) { - if ((op->Pt == op2->Pt) && op2->Next != op && op2->Prev != op) { - // split the polygon into two ... - OutPt *op3 = op->Prev; - OutPt *op4 = op2->Prev; - op->Prev = op4; - op4->Next = op; - op2->Prev = op3; - op3->Next = op2; - - outrec->Pts = op; - OutRec *outrec2 = CreateOutRec(); - outrec2->Pts = op2; - UpdateOutPtIdxs(*outrec2); - if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outrec2->Pts, outrec->Pts)) { - // OutRec2 is contained by OutRec1 ... - outrec2->IsHole = !outrec->IsHole; - outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec; - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts2(outrec2, outrec); - } else if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outrec->Pts, outrec2->Pts)) { - // OutRec1 is contained by OutRec2 ... - outrec2->IsHole = outrec->IsHole; - outrec->IsHole = !outrec2->IsHole; - outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec->FirstLeft; - outrec->FirstLeft = outrec2; - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts2(outrec, outrec2); - } else { - // the 2 polygons are separate ... - outrec2->IsHole = outrec->IsHole; - outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec->FirstLeft; - if (m_UsingPolyTree) - FixupFirstLefts1(outrec, outrec2); - } - op2 = op; // ie get ready for the Next iteration - } - op2 = op2->Next; - } - op = op->Next; - } while (op != outrec->Pts); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ReversePath(Path &p) { std::reverse(p.begin(), p.end()); } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ReversePaths(Paths &p) { - for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < p.size(); ++i) - ReversePath(p[i]); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void SimplifyPolygon(const Path &in_poly, Paths &out_polys, - PolyFillType fillType) { - Clipper c; - c.StrictlySimple(true); - c.AddPath(in_poly, ptSubject, true); - c.Execute(ctUnion, out_polys, fillType, fillType); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void SimplifyPolygons(const Paths &in_polys, Paths &out_polys, - PolyFillType fillType) { - Clipper c; - c.StrictlySimple(true); - c.AddPaths(in_polys, ptSubject, true); - c.Execute(ctUnion, out_polys, fillType, fillType); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void SimplifyPolygons(Paths &polys, PolyFillType fillType) { - SimplifyPolygons(polys, polys, fillType); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -inline double DistanceSqrd(const IntPoint &pt1, const IntPoint &pt2) { - double Dx = ((double)pt1.X - pt2.X); - double dy = ((double)pt1.Y - pt2.Y); - return (Dx * Dx + dy * dy); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -double DistanceFromLineSqrd(const IntPoint &pt, const IntPoint &ln1, - const IntPoint &ln2) { - // The equation of a line in general form (Ax + By + C = 0) - // given 2 points (x�,y�) & (x�,y�) is ... - //(y� - y�)x + (x� - x�)y + (y� - y�)x� - (x� - x�)y� = 0 - // A = (y� - y�); B = (x� - x�); C = (y� - y�)x� - (x� - x�)y� - // perpendicular distance of point (x�,y�) = (Ax� + By� + C)/Sqrt(A� + B�) - // see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Perpendicular_distance - double A = double(ln1.Y - ln2.Y); - double B = double(ln2.X - ln1.X); - double C = A * ln1.X + B * ln1.Y; - C = A * pt.X + B * pt.Y - C; - return (C * C) / (A * A + B * B); -} -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -bool SlopesNearCollinear(const IntPoint &pt1, const IntPoint &pt2, - const IntPoint &pt3, double distSqrd) { - // this function is more accurate when the point that's geometrically - // between the other 2 points is the one that's tested for distance. - // ie makes it more likely to pick up 'spikes' ... - if (Abs(pt1.X - pt2.X) > Abs(pt1.Y - pt2.Y)) { - if ((pt1.X > pt2.X) == (pt1.X < pt3.X)) - return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt1, pt2, pt3) < distSqrd; - else if ((pt2.X > pt1.X) == (pt2.X < pt3.X)) - return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt2, pt1, pt3) < distSqrd; - else - return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt3, pt1, pt2) < distSqrd; - } else { - if ((pt1.Y > pt2.Y) == (pt1.Y < pt3.Y)) - return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt1, pt2, pt3) < distSqrd; - else if ((pt2.Y > pt1.Y) == (pt2.Y < pt3.Y)) - return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt2, pt1, pt3) < distSqrd; - else - return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt3, pt1, pt2) < distSqrd; - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -bool PointsAreClose(IntPoint pt1, IntPoint pt2, double distSqrd) { - double Dx = (double)pt1.X - pt2.X; - double dy = (double)pt1.Y - pt2.Y; - return ((Dx * Dx) + (dy * dy) <= distSqrd); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -OutPt *ExcludeOp(OutPt *op) { - OutPt *result = op->Prev; - result->Next = op->Next; - op->Next->Prev = result; - result->Idx = 0; - return result; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void CleanPolygon(const Path &in_poly, Path &out_poly, double distance) { - // distance = proximity in units/pixels below which vertices - // will be stripped. Default ~= sqrt(2). - - size_t size = in_poly.size(); - - if (size == 0) { - out_poly.clear(); - return; - } - - OutPt *outPts = new OutPt[size]; - for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { - outPts[i].Pt = in_poly[i]; - outPts[i].Next = &outPts[(i + 1) % size]; - outPts[i].Next->Prev = &outPts[i]; - outPts[i].Idx = 0; - } - - double distSqrd = distance * distance; - OutPt *op = &outPts[0]; - while (op->Idx == 0 && op->Next != op->Prev) { - if (PointsAreClose(op->Pt, op->Prev->Pt, distSqrd)) { - op = ExcludeOp(op); - size--; - } else if (PointsAreClose(op->Prev->Pt, op->Next->Pt, distSqrd)) { - ExcludeOp(op->Next); - op = ExcludeOp(op); - size -= 2; - } else if (SlopesNearCollinear(op->Prev->Pt, op->Pt, op->Next->Pt, - distSqrd)) { - op = ExcludeOp(op); - size--; - } else { - op->Idx = 1; - op = op->Next; - } - } - - if (size < 3) - size = 0; - out_poly.resize(size); - for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { - out_poly[i] = op->Pt; - op = op->Next; - } - delete[] outPts; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void CleanPolygon(Path &poly, double distance) { - CleanPolygon(poly, poly, distance); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void CleanPolygons(const Paths &in_polys, Paths &out_polys, double distance) { - out_polys.resize(in_polys.size()); - for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < in_polys.size(); ++i) - CleanPolygon(in_polys[i], out_polys[i], distance); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void CleanPolygons(Paths &polys, double distance) { - CleanPolygons(polys, polys, distance); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void Minkowski(const Path &poly, const Path &path, Paths &solution, bool isSum, - bool isClosed) { - int delta = (isClosed ? 1 : 0); - size_t polyCnt = poly.size(); - size_t pathCnt = path.size(); - Paths pp; - pp.reserve(pathCnt); - if (isSum) - for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt; ++i) { - Path p; - p.reserve(polyCnt); - for (size_t j = 0; j < poly.size(); ++j) - p.push_back(IntPoint(path[i].X + poly[j].X, path[i].Y + poly[j].Y)); - pp.push_back(p); - } - else - for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt; ++i) { - Path p; - p.reserve(polyCnt); - for (size_t j = 0; j < poly.size(); ++j) - p.push_back(IntPoint(path[i].X - poly[j].X, path[i].Y - poly[j].Y)); - pp.push_back(p); - } - - solution.clear(); - solution.reserve((pathCnt + delta) * (polyCnt + 1)); - for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt - 1 + delta; ++i) - for (size_t j = 0; j < polyCnt; ++j) { - Path quad; - quad.reserve(4); - quad.push_back(pp[i % pathCnt][j % polyCnt]); - quad.push_back(pp[(i + 1) % pathCnt][j % polyCnt]); - quad.push_back(pp[(i + 1) % pathCnt][(j + 1) % polyCnt]); - quad.push_back(pp[i % pathCnt][(j + 1) % polyCnt]); - if (!Orientation(quad)) - ReversePath(quad); - solution.push_back(quad); - } -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void MinkowskiSum(const Path &pattern, const Path &path, Paths &solution, - bool pathIsClosed) { - Minkowski(pattern, path, solution, true, pathIsClosed); - Clipper c; - c.AddPaths(solution, ptSubject, true); - c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNonZero, pftNonZero); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void TranslatePath(const Path &input, Path &output, const IntPoint delta) { - // precondition: input != output - output.resize(input.size()); - for (size_t i = 0; i < input.size(); ++i) - output[i] = IntPoint(input[i].X + delta.X, input[i].Y + delta.Y); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void MinkowskiSum(const Path &pattern, const Paths &paths, Paths &solution, - bool pathIsClosed) { - Clipper c; - for (size_t i = 0; i < paths.size(); ++i) { - Paths tmp; - Minkowski(pattern, paths[i], tmp, true, pathIsClosed); - c.AddPaths(tmp, ptSubject, true); - if (pathIsClosed) { - Path tmp2; - TranslatePath(paths[i], tmp2, pattern[0]); - c.AddPath(tmp2, ptClip, true); - } - } - c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNonZero, pftNonZero); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void MinkowskiDiff(const Path &poly1, const Path &poly2, Paths &solution) { - Minkowski(poly1, poly2, solution, false, true); - Clipper c; - c.AddPaths(solution, ptSubject, true); - c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNonZero, pftNonZero); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -enum NodeType { ntAny, ntOpen, ntClosed }; - -void AddPolyNodeToPaths(const PolyNode &polynode, NodeType nodetype, - Paths &paths) { - bool match = true; - if (nodetype == ntClosed) - match = !polynode.IsOpen(); - else if (nodetype == ntOpen) - return; - - if (!polynode.Contour.empty() && match) - paths.push_back(polynode.Contour); - for (int i = 0; i < polynode.ChildCount(); ++i) - AddPolyNodeToPaths(*polynode.Childs[i], nodetype, paths); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void PolyTreeToPaths(const PolyTree &polytree, Paths &paths) { - paths.resize(0); - paths.reserve(polytree.Total()); - AddPolyNodeToPaths(polytree, ntAny, paths); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void ClosedPathsFromPolyTree(const PolyTree &polytree, Paths &paths) { - paths.resize(0); - paths.reserve(polytree.Total()); - AddPolyNodeToPaths(polytree, ntClosed, paths); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -void OpenPathsFromPolyTree(PolyTree &polytree, Paths &paths) { - paths.resize(0); - paths.reserve(polytree.Total()); - // Open paths are top level only, so ... - for (int i = 0; i < polytree.ChildCount(); ++i) - if (polytree.Childs[i]->IsOpen()) - paths.push_back(polytree.Childs[i]->Contour); -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -std::ostream &operator<<(std::ostream &s, const IntPoint &p) { - s << "(" << p.X << "," << p.Y << ")"; - return s; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -std::ostream &operator<<(std::ostream &s, const Path &p) { - if (p.empty()) - return s; - Path::size_type last = p.size() - 1; - for (Path::size_type i = 0; i < last; i++) - s << "(" << p[i].X << "," << p[i].Y << "), "; - s << "(" << p[last].X << "," << p[last].Y << ")\n"; - return s; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -std::ostream &operator<<(std::ostream &s, const Paths &p) { - for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < p.size(); i++) - s << p[i]; - s << "\n"; - return s; -} -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -} // ClipperLib namespace diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/main.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/main.cpp index 9f69194dfdc1ddc5061933e639922fa355068db4..8409e3296dd8cca6210d6705de9a2c4b7bf1d8b0 100644 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/main.cpp +++ b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/main.cpp @@ -28,10 +28,8 @@ #include #include -// #include #include #include -// #include #include #include diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/ocr_det.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/ocr_det.cpp index 0d6095bd377fade5ef524669b516aa907286863b..110393107092ade1a20865b52656053503358fe4 100644 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/ocr_det.cpp +++ b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/ocr_det.cpp @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ // limitations under the License. #include +#include +#include namespace PaddleOCR { diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/postprocess_op.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/postprocess_op.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index e7db70f3bff81390728c6b373b89cf06c74e4eca..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/postprocess_op.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,355 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2020 PaddlePaddle Authors. All Rights Reserved. -// -// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); -// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -// You may obtain a copy of the License at -// -// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 -// -// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software -// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, -// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. -// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and -// limitations under the License. - -#include - -namespace PaddleOCR { - -void PostProcessor::GetContourArea(const std::vector> &box, - float unclip_ratio, float &distance) { - int pts_num = 4; - float area = 0.0f; - float dist = 0.0f; - for (int i = 0; i < pts_num; i++) { - area += box[i][0] * box[(i + 1) % pts_num][1] - - box[i][1] * box[(i + 1) % pts_num][0]; - dist += sqrtf((box[i][0] - box[(i + 1) % pts_num][0]) * - (box[i][0] - box[(i + 1) % pts_num][0]) + - (box[i][1] - box[(i + 1) % pts_num][1]) * - (box[i][1] - box[(i + 1) % pts_num][1])); - } - area = fabs(float(area / 2.0)); - - distance = area * unclip_ratio / dist; -} - -cv::RotatedRect PostProcessor::UnClip(std::vector> box, - const float &unclip_ratio) { - float distance = 1.0; - - GetContourArea(box, unclip_ratio, distance); - - ClipperLib::ClipperOffset offset; - ClipperLib::Path p; - p << ClipperLib::IntPoint(int(box[0][0]), int(box[0][1])) - << ClipperLib::IntPoint(int(box[1][0]), int(box[1][1])) - << ClipperLib::IntPoint(int(box[2][0]), int(box[2][1])) - << ClipperLib::IntPoint(int(box[3][0]), int(box[3][1])); - offset.AddPath(p, ClipperLib::jtRound, ClipperLib::etClosedPolygon); - - ClipperLib::Paths soln; - offset.Execute(soln, distance); - std::vector points; - - for (int j = 0; j < soln.size(); j++) { - for (int i = 0; i < soln[soln.size() - 1].size(); i++) { - points.emplace_back(soln[j][i].X, soln[j][i].Y); - } - } - cv::RotatedRect res; - if (points.size() <= 0) { - res = cv::RotatedRect(cv::Point2f(0, 0), cv::Size2f(1, 1), 0); - } else { - res = cv::minAreaRect(points); - } - return res; -} - -float **PostProcessor::Mat2Vec(cv::Mat mat) { - auto **array = new float *[mat.rows]; - for (int i = 0; i < mat.rows; ++i) - array[i] = new float[mat.cols]; - for (int i = 0; i < mat.rows; ++i) { - for (int j = 0; j < mat.cols; ++j) { - array[i][j] = mat.at(i, j); - } - } - - return array; -} - -std::vector> -PostProcessor::OrderPointsClockwise(std::vector> pts) { - std::vector> box = pts; - std::sort(box.begin(), box.end(), XsortInt); - - std::vector> leftmost = {box[0], box[1]}; - std::vector> rightmost = {box[2], box[3]}; - - if (leftmost[0][1] > leftmost[1][1]) - std::swap(leftmost[0], leftmost[1]); - - if (rightmost[0][1] > rightmost[1][1]) - std::swap(rightmost[0], rightmost[1]); - - std::vector> rect = {leftmost[0], rightmost[0], rightmost[1], - leftmost[1]}; - return rect; -} - -std::vector> PostProcessor::Mat2Vector(cv::Mat mat) { - std::vector> img_vec; - std::vector tmp; - - for (int i = 0; i < mat.rows; ++i) { - tmp.clear(); - for (int j = 0; j < mat.cols; ++j) { - tmp.push_back(mat.at(i, j)); - } - img_vec.push_back(tmp); - } - return img_vec; -} - -bool PostProcessor::XsortFp32(std::vector a, std::vector b) { - if (a[0] != b[0]) - return a[0] < b[0]; - return false; -} - -bool PostProcessor::XsortInt(std::vector a, std::vector b) { - if (a[0] != b[0]) - return a[0] < b[0]; - return false; -} - -std::vector> PostProcessor::GetMiniBoxes(cv::RotatedRect box, - float &ssid) { - ssid = std::max(box.size.width, box.size.height); - - cv::Mat points; - cv::boxPoints(box, points); - - auto array = Mat2Vector(points); - std::sort(array.begin(), array.end(), XsortFp32); - - std::vector idx1 = array[0], idx2 = array[1], idx3 = array[2], - idx4 = array[3]; - if (array[3][1] <= array[2][1]) { - idx2 = array[3]; - idx3 = array[2]; - } else { - idx2 = array[2]; - idx3 = array[3]; - } - if (array[1][1] <= array[0][1]) { - idx1 = array[1]; - idx4 = array[0]; - } else { - idx1 = array[0]; - idx4 = array[1]; - } - - array[0] = idx1; - array[1] = idx2; - array[2] = idx3; - array[3] = idx4; - - return array; -} - -float PostProcessor::PolygonScoreAcc(std::vector contour, - cv::Mat pred) { - int width = pred.cols; - int height = pred.rows; - std::vector box_x; - std::vector box_y; - for (int i = 0; i < contour.size(); ++i) { - box_x.push_back(contour[i].x); - box_y.push_back(contour[i].y); - } - - int xmin = - clamp(int(std::floor(*(std::min_element(box_x.begin(), box_x.end())))), 0, - width - 1); - int xmax = - clamp(int(std::ceil(*(std::max_element(box_x.begin(), box_x.end())))), 0, - width - 1); - int ymin = - clamp(int(std::floor(*(std::min_element(box_y.begin(), box_y.end())))), 0, - height - 1); - int ymax = - clamp(int(std::ceil(*(std::max_element(box_y.begin(), box_y.end())))), 0, - height - 1); - - cv::Mat mask; - mask = cv::Mat::zeros(ymax - ymin + 1, xmax - xmin + 1, CV_8UC1); - - - cv::Point* rook_point = new cv::Point[contour.size()]; - - for (int i = 0; i < contour.size(); ++i) { - rook_point[i] = cv::Point(int(box_x[i]) - xmin, int(box_y[i]) - ymin); - } - const cv::Point *ppt[1] = {rook_point}; - int npt[] = {int(contour.size())}; - - - cv::fillPoly(mask, ppt, npt, 1, cv::Scalar(1)); - - cv::Mat croppedImg; - pred(cv::Rect(xmin, ymin, xmax - xmin + 1, ymax - ymin + 1)).copyTo(croppedImg); - float score = cv::mean(croppedImg, mask)[0]; - - delete []rook_point; - return score; -} - -float PostProcessor::BoxScoreFast(std::vector> box_array, - cv::Mat pred) { - auto array = box_array; - int width = pred.cols; - int height = pred.rows; - - float box_x[4] = {array[0][0], array[1][0], array[2][0], array[3][0]}; - float box_y[4] = {array[0][1], array[1][1], array[2][1], array[3][1]}; - - int xmin = clamp(int(std::floor(*(std::min_element(box_x, box_x + 4)))), 0, - width - 1); - int xmax = clamp(int(std::ceil(*(std::max_element(box_x, box_x + 4)))), 0, - width - 1); - int ymin = clamp(int(std::floor(*(std::min_element(box_y, box_y + 4)))), 0, - height - 1); - int ymax = clamp(int(std::ceil(*(std::max_element(box_y, box_y + 4)))), 0, - height - 1); - - cv::Mat mask; - mask = cv::Mat::zeros(ymax - ymin + 1, xmax - xmin + 1, CV_8UC1); - - cv::Point root_point[4]; - root_point[0] = cv::Point(int(array[0][0]) - xmin, int(array[0][1]) - ymin); - root_point[1] = cv::Point(int(array[1][0]) - xmin, int(array[1][1]) - ymin); - root_point[2] = cv::Point(int(array[2][0]) - xmin, int(array[2][1]) - ymin); - root_point[3] = cv::Point(int(array[3][0]) - xmin, int(array[3][1]) - ymin); - const cv::Point *ppt[1] = {root_point}; - int npt[] = {4}; - cv::fillPoly(mask, ppt, npt, 1, cv::Scalar(1)); - - cv::Mat croppedImg; - pred(cv::Rect(xmin, ymin, xmax - xmin + 1, ymax - ymin + 1)) - .copyTo(croppedImg); - - auto score = cv::mean(croppedImg, mask)[0]; - return score; -} - -std::vector>> PostProcessor::BoxesFromBitmap( - const cv::Mat pred, const cv::Mat bitmap, const float &box_thresh, - const float &det_db_unclip_ratio, const bool &use_polygon_score) { - const int min_size = 3; - const int max_candidates = 1000; - - int width = bitmap.cols; - int height = bitmap.rows; - - std::vector> contours; - std::vector hierarchy; - - cv::findContours(bitmap, contours, hierarchy, cv::RETR_LIST, - cv::CHAIN_APPROX_SIMPLE); - - int num_contours = - contours.size() >= max_candidates ? max_candidates : contours.size(); - - std::vector>> boxes; - - for (int _i = 0; _i < num_contours; _i++) { - if (contours[_i].size() <= 2) { - continue; - } - float ssid; - cv::RotatedRect box = cv::minAreaRect(contours[_i]); - auto array = GetMiniBoxes(box, ssid); - - auto box_for_unclip = array; - // end get_mini_box - - if (ssid < min_size) { - continue; - } - - float score; - if (use_polygon_score) - /* compute using polygon*/ - score = PolygonScoreAcc(contours[_i], pred); - else - score = BoxScoreFast(array, pred); - - if (score < box_thresh) - continue; - - // start for unclip - cv::RotatedRect points = UnClip(box_for_unclip, det_db_unclip_ratio); - if (points.size.height < 1.001 && points.size.width < 1.001) { - continue; - } - // end for unclip - - cv::RotatedRect clipbox = points; - auto cliparray = GetMiniBoxes(clipbox, ssid); - - if (ssid < min_size + 2) - continue; - - int dest_width = pred.cols; - int dest_height = pred.rows; - std::vector> intcliparray; - - for (int num_pt = 0; num_pt < 4; num_pt++) { - std::vector a{int(clampf(roundf(cliparray[num_pt][0] / float(width) * - float(dest_width)), - 0, float(dest_width))), - int(clampf(roundf(cliparray[num_pt][1] / - float(height) * float(dest_height)), - 0, float(dest_height)))}; - intcliparray.push_back(a); - } - boxes.push_back(intcliparray); - - } // end for - return boxes; -} - -std::vector>> -PostProcessor::FilterTagDetRes(std::vector>> boxes, - float ratio_h, float ratio_w, cv::Mat srcimg) { - int oriimg_h = srcimg.rows; - int oriimg_w = srcimg.cols; - - std::vector>> root_points; - for (int n = 0; n < boxes.size(); n++) { - boxes[n] = OrderPointsClockwise(boxes[n]); - for (int m = 0; m < boxes[0].size(); m++) { - boxes[n][m][0] /= ratio_w; - boxes[n][m][1] /= ratio_h; - - boxes[n][m][0] = int(_min(_max(boxes[n][m][0], 0), oriimg_w - 1)); - boxes[n][m][1] = int(_min(_max(boxes[n][m][1], 0), oriimg_h - 1)); - } - } - - for (int n = 0; n < boxes.size(); n++) { - int rect_width, rect_height; - rect_width = int(sqrt(pow(boxes[n][0][0] - boxes[n][1][0], 2) + - pow(boxes[n][0][1] - boxes[n][1][1], 2))); - rect_height = int(sqrt(pow(boxes[n][0][0] - boxes[n][3][0], 2) + - pow(boxes[n][0][1] - boxes[n][3][1], 2))); - if (rect_width <= 4 || rect_height <= 4) - continue; - root_points.push_back(boxes[n]); - } - return root_points; -} - -} // namespace PaddleOCR diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/preprocess_op.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/preprocess_op.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 23c51c2008dc7280ce4d6c232ed766dbf2a53226..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/preprocess_op.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2020 PaddlePaddle Authors. All Rights Reserved. -// -// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); -// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -// You may obtain a copy of the License at -// -// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 -// -// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software -// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, -// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. -// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and -// limitations under the License. - -#include "opencv2/core.hpp" -#include "opencv2/imgcodecs.hpp" -#include "opencv2/imgproc.hpp" -#include "paddle_api.h" -#include "paddle_inference_api.h" -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -namespace PaddleOCR { - -void Permute::Run(const cv::Mat *im, float *data) { - int rh = im->rows; - int rw = im->cols; - int rc = im->channels(); - for (int i = 0; i < rc; ++i) { - cv::extractChannel(*im, cv::Mat(rh, rw, CV_32FC1, data + i * rh * rw), i); - } -} - -void Normalize::Run(cv::Mat *im, const std::vector &mean, - const std::vector &scale, const bool is_scale) { - double e = 1.0; - if (is_scale) { - e /= 255.0; - } - (*im).convertTo(*im, CV_32FC3, e); - std::vector bgr_channels(3); - cv::split(*im, bgr_channels); - for (auto i = 0; i < bgr_channels.size(); i++) { - bgr_channels[i].convertTo(bgr_channels[i], CV_32FC1, 1.0 * scale[i], - (0.0 - mean[i]) * scale[i]); - } - cv::merge(bgr_channels, *im); -} - -void ResizeImgType0::Run(const cv::Mat &img, cv::Mat &resize_img, - int max_size_len, float &ratio_h, float &ratio_w, - bool use_tensorrt) { - int w = img.cols; - int h = img.rows; - - float ratio = 1.f; - int max_wh = w >= h ? w : h; - if (max_wh > max_size_len) { - if (h > w) { - ratio = float(max_size_len) / float(h); - } else { - ratio = float(max_size_len) / float(w); - } - } - - int resize_h = int(float(h) * ratio); - int resize_w = int(float(w) * ratio); - - resize_h = max(int(round(float(resize_h) / 32) * 32), 32); - resize_w = max(int(round(float(resize_w) / 32) * 32), 32); - - cv::resize(img, resize_img, cv::Size(resize_w, resize_h)); - ratio_h = float(resize_h) / float(h); - ratio_w = float(resize_w) / float(w); -} - -void CrnnResizeImg::Run(const cv::Mat &img, cv::Mat &resize_img, float wh_ratio, - bool use_tensorrt, - const std::vector &rec_image_shape) { - int imgC, imgH, imgW; - imgC = rec_image_shape[0]; - imgH = rec_image_shape[1]; - imgW = rec_image_shape[2]; - - imgW = int(32 * wh_ratio); - - float ratio = float(img.cols) / float(img.rows); - int resize_w, resize_h; - if (ceilf(imgH * ratio) > imgW) - resize_w = imgW; - else - resize_w = int(ceilf(imgH * ratio)); - - cv::resize(img, resize_img, cv::Size(resize_w, imgH), 0.f, 0.f, - cv::INTER_LINEAR); - cv::copyMakeBorder(resize_img, resize_img, 0, 0, 0, - int(imgW - resize_img.cols), cv::BORDER_CONSTANT, - {127, 127, 127}); -} - -void ClsResizeImg::Run(const cv::Mat &img, cv::Mat &resize_img, - bool use_tensorrt, - const std::vector &rec_image_shape) { - int imgC, imgH, imgW; - imgC = rec_image_shape[0]; - imgH = rec_image_shape[1]; - imgW = rec_image_shape[2]; - - float ratio = float(img.cols) / float(img.rows); - int resize_w, resize_h; - if (ceilf(imgH * ratio) > imgW) - resize_w = imgW; - else - resize_w = int(ceilf(imgH * ratio)); - - cv::resize(img, resize_img, cv::Size(resize_w, imgH), 0.f, 0.f, - cv::INTER_LINEAR); - if (resize_w < imgW) { - cv::copyMakeBorder(resize_img, resize_img, 0, 0, 0, imgW - resize_w, - cv::BORDER_CONSTANT, cv::Scalar(0, 0, 0)); - } -} - -} // namespace PaddleOCR diff --git a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/utility.cpp b/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/utility.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 2cd84f7e8dbdd8144b5337f55b3f3a62ed43d5b3..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/deploy/cpp_infer/src_system/utility.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright (c) 2020 PaddlePaddle Authors. All Rights Reserved. -// -// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); -// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -// You may obtain a copy of the License at -// -// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 -// -// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software -// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, -// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. -// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and -// limitations under the License. - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -namespace PaddleOCR { - -std::vector Utility::ReadDict(const std::string &path) { - std::ifstream in(path); - std::string line; - std::vector m_vec; - if (in) { - while (getline(in, line)) { - m_vec.push_back(line); - } - } else { - std::cout << "no such label file: " << path << ", exit the program..." - << std::endl; - exit(1); - } - return m_vec; -} - -void Utility::VisualizeBboxes( - const cv::Mat &srcimg, - const std::vector>> &boxes) { - cv::Mat img_vis; - srcimg.copyTo(img_vis); - for (int n = 0; n < boxes.size(); n++) { - cv::Point rook_points[4]; - for (int m = 0; m < boxes[n].size(); m++) { - rook_points[m] = cv::Point(int(boxes[n][m][0]), int(boxes[n][m][1])); - } - - const cv::Point *ppt[1] = {rook_points}; - int npt[] = {4}; - cv::polylines(img_vis, ppt, npt, 1, 1, CV_RGB(0, 255, 0), 2, 8, 0); - } - - cv::imwrite("./ocr_vis.png", img_vis); - std::cout << "The detection visualized image saved in ./ocr_vis.png" - << std::endl; -} - -// list all files under a directory -void Utility::GetAllFiles(const char *dir_name, - std::vector &all_inputs) { - if (NULL == dir_name) { - std::cout << " dir_name is null ! " << std::endl; - return; - } - struct stat s; - lstat(dir_name, &s); - if (!S_ISDIR(s.st_mode)) { - std::cout << "dir_name is not a valid directory !" << std::endl; - all_inputs.push_back(dir_name); - return; - } else { - struct dirent *filename; // return value for readdir() - DIR *dir; // return value for opendir() - dir = opendir(dir_name); - if (NULL == dir) { - std::cout << "Can not open dir " << dir_name << std::endl; - return; - } - std::cout << "Successfully opened the dir !" << std::endl; - while ((filename = readdir(dir)) != NULL) { - if (strcmp(filename->d_name, ".") == 0 || - strcmp(filename->d_name, "..") == 0) - continue; - // img_dir + std::string("/") + all_inputs[0]; - all_inputs.push_back(dir_name + std::string("/") + - std::string(filename->d_name)); - } - } -} - -} // namespace PaddleOCR \ No newline at end of file